##// END OF EJS Templates
config: add option to control creation of empty successors during rewrite...
Manuel Jacob -
r45681:b6269741 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,1582 +1,1585 b''
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9
9
10 import functools
10 import functools
11 import re
11 import re
12
12
13 from . import (
13 from . import (
14 encoding,
14 encoding,
15 error,
15 error,
16 )
16 )
17
17
18
18
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
24 newkeys = set(items)
24 newkeys = set(items)
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
29
29
30 knownitems.update(items)
30 knownitems.update(items)
31
31
32
32
33 class configitem(object):
33 class configitem(object):
34 """represent a known config item
34 """represent a known config item
35
35
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
38 :default: default value for this item,
38 :default: default value for this item,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
41 """
41 """
42
42
43 def __init__(
43 def __init__(
44 self,
44 self,
45 section,
45 section,
46 name,
46 name,
47 default=None,
47 default=None,
48 alias=(),
48 alias=(),
49 generic=False,
49 generic=False,
50 priority=0,
50 priority=0,
51 experimental=False,
51 experimental=False,
52 ):
52 ):
53 self.section = section
53 self.section = section
54 self.name = name
54 self.name = name
55 self.default = default
55 self.default = default
56 self.alias = list(alias)
56 self.alias = list(alias)
57 self.generic = generic
57 self.generic = generic
58 self.priority = priority
58 self.priority = priority
59 self.experimental = experimental
59 self.experimental = experimental
60 self._re = None
60 self._re = None
61 if generic:
61 if generic:
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
63
63
64
64
65 class itemregister(dict):
65 class itemregister(dict):
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
67
67
68 def __init__(self):
68 def __init__(self):
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
70 self._generics = set()
70 self._generics = set()
71
71
72 def update(self, other):
72 def update(self, other):
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
75
75
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
78 if item.generic:
78 if item.generic:
79 self._generics.add(item)
79 self._generics.add(item)
80
80
81 def get(self, key):
81 def get(self, key):
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
84 return baseitem
84 return baseitem
85
85
86 # search for a matching generic item
86 # search for a matching generic item
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
88 for item in generics:
88 for item in generics:
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
93 #
93 #
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
100 if item._re.match(key):
100 if item._re.match(key):
101 return item
101 return item
102
102
103 return None
103 return None
104
104
105
105
106 coreitems = {}
106 coreitems = {}
107
107
108
108
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
112 if item.name in section:
112 if item.name in section:
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
115 section[item.name] = item
115 section[item.name] = item
116
116
117
117
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
119 dynamicdefault = object()
119 dynamicdefault = object()
120
120
121 # Registering actual config items
121 # Registering actual config items
122
122
123
123
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
128 return f
128 return f
129
129
130
130
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
132
132
133
133
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
135 coreconfigitem(
135 coreconfigitem(
136 section, configprefix + b'nodates', default=False,
136 section, configprefix + b'nodates', default=False,
137 )
137 )
138 coreconfigitem(
138 coreconfigitem(
139 section, configprefix + b'showfunc', default=False,
139 section, configprefix + b'showfunc', default=False,
140 )
140 )
141 coreconfigitem(
141 coreconfigitem(
142 section, configprefix + b'unified', default=None,
142 section, configprefix + b'unified', default=None,
143 )
143 )
144 coreconfigitem(
144 coreconfigitem(
145 section, configprefix + b'git', default=False,
145 section, configprefix + b'git', default=False,
146 )
146 )
147 coreconfigitem(
147 coreconfigitem(
148 section, configprefix + b'ignorews', default=False,
148 section, configprefix + b'ignorews', default=False,
149 )
149 )
150 coreconfigitem(
150 coreconfigitem(
151 section, configprefix + b'ignorewsamount', default=False,
151 section, configprefix + b'ignorewsamount', default=False,
152 )
152 )
153 coreconfigitem(
153 coreconfigitem(
154 section, configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines', default=False,
154 section, configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines', default=False,
155 )
155 )
156 coreconfigitem(
156 coreconfigitem(
157 section, configprefix + b'ignorewseol', default=False,
157 section, configprefix + b'ignorewseol', default=False,
158 )
158 )
159 coreconfigitem(
159 coreconfigitem(
160 section, configprefix + b'nobinary', default=False,
160 section, configprefix + b'nobinary', default=False,
161 )
161 )
162 coreconfigitem(
162 coreconfigitem(
163 section, configprefix + b'noprefix', default=False,
163 section, configprefix + b'noprefix', default=False,
164 )
164 )
165 coreconfigitem(
165 coreconfigitem(
166 section, configprefix + b'word-diff', default=False,
166 section, configprefix + b'word-diff', default=False,
167 )
167 )
168
168
169
169
170 coreconfigitem(
170 coreconfigitem(
171 b'alias', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
171 b'alias', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
172 )
172 )
173 coreconfigitem(
173 coreconfigitem(
174 b'auth', b'cookiefile', default=None,
174 b'auth', b'cookiefile', default=None,
175 )
175 )
176 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
176 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
177 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
177 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
178 coreconfigitem(
178 coreconfigitem(
179 b'bookmarks', b'pushing', default=list,
179 b'bookmarks', b'pushing', default=list,
180 )
180 )
181 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
181 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
182 coreconfigitem(
182 coreconfigitem(
183 b'bundle', b'mainreporoot', default=b'',
183 b'bundle', b'mainreporoot', default=b'',
184 )
184 )
185 coreconfigitem(
185 coreconfigitem(
186 b'censor', b'policy', default=b'abort', experimental=True,
186 b'censor', b'policy', default=b'abort', experimental=True,
187 )
187 )
188 coreconfigitem(
188 coreconfigitem(
189 b'chgserver', b'idletimeout', default=3600,
189 b'chgserver', b'idletimeout', default=3600,
190 )
190 )
191 coreconfigitem(
191 coreconfigitem(
192 b'chgserver', b'skiphash', default=False,
192 b'chgserver', b'skiphash', default=False,
193 )
193 )
194 coreconfigitem(
194 coreconfigitem(
195 b'cmdserver', b'log', default=None,
195 b'cmdserver', b'log', default=None,
196 )
196 )
197 coreconfigitem(
197 coreconfigitem(
198 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-files', default=7,
198 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-files', default=7,
199 )
199 )
200 coreconfigitem(
200 coreconfigitem(
201 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-size', default=b'1 MB',
201 b'cmdserver', b'max-log-size', default=b'1 MB',
202 )
202 )
203 coreconfigitem(
203 coreconfigitem(
204 b'cmdserver', b'max-repo-cache', default=0, experimental=True,
204 b'cmdserver', b'max-repo-cache', default=0, experimental=True,
205 )
205 )
206 coreconfigitem(
206 coreconfigitem(
207 b'cmdserver', b'message-encodings', default=list,
207 b'cmdserver', b'message-encodings', default=list,
208 )
208 )
209 coreconfigitem(
209 coreconfigitem(
210 b'cmdserver',
210 b'cmdserver',
211 b'track-log',
211 b'track-log',
212 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
212 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
213 )
213 )
214 coreconfigitem(
214 coreconfigitem(
215 b'cmdserver', b'shutdown-on-interrupt', default=True,
215 b'cmdserver', b'shutdown-on-interrupt', default=True,
216 )
216 )
217 coreconfigitem(
217 coreconfigitem(
218 b'color', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
218 b'color', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
219 )
219 )
220 coreconfigitem(
220 coreconfigitem(
221 b'color', b'mode', default=b'auto',
221 b'color', b'mode', default=b'auto',
222 )
222 )
223 coreconfigitem(
223 coreconfigitem(
224 b'color', b'pagermode', default=dynamicdefault,
224 b'color', b'pagermode', default=dynamicdefault,
225 )
225 )
226 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
226 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
227 coreconfigitem(
227 coreconfigitem(
228 b'commands', b'commit.post-status', default=False,
228 b'commands', b'commit.post-status', default=False,
229 )
229 )
230 coreconfigitem(
230 coreconfigitem(
231 b'commands', b'grep.all-files', default=False, experimental=True,
231 b'commands', b'grep.all-files', default=False, experimental=True,
232 )
232 )
233 coreconfigitem(
233 coreconfigitem(
234 b'commands', b'merge.require-rev', default=False,
234 b'commands', b'merge.require-rev', default=False,
235 )
235 )
236 coreconfigitem(
236 coreconfigitem(
237 b'commands', b'push.require-revs', default=False,
237 b'commands', b'push.require-revs', default=False,
238 )
238 )
239 coreconfigitem(
239 coreconfigitem(
240 b'commands', b'resolve.confirm', default=False,
240 b'commands', b'resolve.confirm', default=False,
241 )
241 )
242 coreconfigitem(
242 coreconfigitem(
243 b'commands', b'resolve.explicit-re-merge', default=False,
243 b'commands', b'resolve.explicit-re-merge', default=False,
244 )
244 )
245 coreconfigitem(
245 coreconfigitem(
246 b'commands', b'resolve.mark-check', default=b'none',
246 b'commands', b'resolve.mark-check', default=b'none',
247 )
247 )
248 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
248 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
249 coreconfigitem(
249 coreconfigitem(
250 b'commands', b'show.aliasprefix', default=list,
250 b'commands', b'show.aliasprefix', default=list,
251 )
251 )
252 coreconfigitem(
252 coreconfigitem(
253 b'commands', b'status.relative', default=False,
253 b'commands', b'status.relative', default=False,
254 )
254 )
255 coreconfigitem(
255 coreconfigitem(
256 b'commands', b'status.skipstates', default=[], experimental=True,
256 b'commands', b'status.skipstates', default=[], experimental=True,
257 )
257 )
258 coreconfigitem(
258 coreconfigitem(
259 b'commands', b'status.terse', default=b'',
259 b'commands', b'status.terse', default=b'',
260 )
260 )
261 coreconfigitem(
261 coreconfigitem(
262 b'commands', b'status.verbose', default=False,
262 b'commands', b'status.verbose', default=False,
263 )
263 )
264 coreconfigitem(
264 coreconfigitem(
265 b'commands', b'update.check', default=None,
265 b'commands', b'update.check', default=None,
266 )
266 )
267 coreconfigitem(
267 coreconfigitem(
268 b'commands', b'update.requiredest', default=False,
268 b'commands', b'update.requiredest', default=False,
269 )
269 )
270 coreconfigitem(
270 coreconfigitem(
271 b'committemplate', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
271 b'committemplate', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
272 )
272 )
273 coreconfigitem(
273 coreconfigitem(
274 b'convert', b'bzr.saverev', default=True,
274 b'convert', b'bzr.saverev', default=True,
275 )
275 )
276 coreconfigitem(
276 coreconfigitem(
277 b'convert', b'cvsps.cache', default=True,
277 b'convert', b'cvsps.cache', default=True,
278 )
278 )
279 coreconfigitem(
279 coreconfigitem(
280 b'convert', b'cvsps.fuzz', default=60,
280 b'convert', b'cvsps.fuzz', default=60,
281 )
281 )
282 coreconfigitem(
282 coreconfigitem(
283 b'convert', b'cvsps.logencoding', default=None,
283 b'convert', b'cvsps.logencoding', default=None,
284 )
284 )
285 coreconfigitem(
285 coreconfigitem(
286 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergefrom', default=None,
286 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergefrom', default=None,
287 )
287 )
288 coreconfigitem(
288 coreconfigitem(
289 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergeto', default=None,
289 b'convert', b'cvsps.mergeto', default=None,
290 )
290 )
291 coreconfigitem(
291 coreconfigitem(
292 b'convert', b'git.committeractions', default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
292 b'convert', b'git.committeractions', default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
293 )
293 )
294 coreconfigitem(
294 coreconfigitem(
295 b'convert', b'git.extrakeys', default=list,
295 b'convert', b'git.extrakeys', default=list,
296 )
296 )
297 coreconfigitem(
297 coreconfigitem(
298 b'convert', b'git.findcopiesharder', default=False,
298 b'convert', b'git.findcopiesharder', default=False,
299 )
299 )
300 coreconfigitem(
300 coreconfigitem(
301 b'convert', b'git.remoteprefix', default=b'remote',
301 b'convert', b'git.remoteprefix', default=b'remote',
302 )
302 )
303 coreconfigitem(
303 coreconfigitem(
304 b'convert', b'git.renamelimit', default=400,
304 b'convert', b'git.renamelimit', default=400,
305 )
305 )
306 coreconfigitem(
306 coreconfigitem(
307 b'convert', b'git.saverev', default=True,
307 b'convert', b'git.saverev', default=True,
308 )
308 )
309 coreconfigitem(
309 coreconfigitem(
310 b'convert', b'git.similarity', default=50,
310 b'convert', b'git.similarity', default=50,
311 )
311 )
312 coreconfigitem(
312 coreconfigitem(
313 b'convert', b'git.skipsubmodules', default=False,
313 b'convert', b'git.skipsubmodules', default=False,
314 )
314 )
315 coreconfigitem(
315 coreconfigitem(
316 b'convert', b'hg.clonebranches', default=False,
316 b'convert', b'hg.clonebranches', default=False,
317 )
317 )
318 coreconfigitem(
318 coreconfigitem(
319 b'convert', b'hg.ignoreerrors', default=False,
319 b'convert', b'hg.ignoreerrors', default=False,
320 )
320 )
321 coreconfigitem(
321 coreconfigitem(
322 b'convert', b'hg.preserve-hash', default=False,
322 b'convert', b'hg.preserve-hash', default=False,
323 )
323 )
324 coreconfigitem(
324 coreconfigitem(
325 b'convert', b'hg.revs', default=None,
325 b'convert', b'hg.revs', default=None,
326 )
326 )
327 coreconfigitem(
327 coreconfigitem(
328 b'convert', b'hg.saverev', default=False,
328 b'convert', b'hg.saverev', default=False,
329 )
329 )
330 coreconfigitem(
330 coreconfigitem(
331 b'convert', b'hg.sourcename', default=None,
331 b'convert', b'hg.sourcename', default=None,
332 )
332 )
333 coreconfigitem(
333 coreconfigitem(
334 b'convert', b'hg.startrev', default=None,
334 b'convert', b'hg.startrev', default=None,
335 )
335 )
336 coreconfigitem(
336 coreconfigitem(
337 b'convert', b'hg.tagsbranch', default=b'default',
337 b'convert', b'hg.tagsbranch', default=b'default',
338 )
338 )
339 coreconfigitem(
339 coreconfigitem(
340 b'convert', b'hg.usebranchnames', default=True,
340 b'convert', b'hg.usebranchnames', default=True,
341 )
341 )
342 coreconfigitem(
342 coreconfigitem(
343 b'convert', b'ignoreancestorcheck', default=False, experimental=True,
343 b'convert', b'ignoreancestorcheck', default=False, experimental=True,
344 )
344 )
345 coreconfigitem(
345 coreconfigitem(
346 b'convert', b'localtimezone', default=False,
346 b'convert', b'localtimezone', default=False,
347 )
347 )
348 coreconfigitem(
348 coreconfigitem(
349 b'convert', b'p4.encoding', default=dynamicdefault,
349 b'convert', b'p4.encoding', default=dynamicdefault,
350 )
350 )
351 coreconfigitem(
351 coreconfigitem(
352 b'convert', b'p4.startrev', default=0,
352 b'convert', b'p4.startrev', default=0,
353 )
353 )
354 coreconfigitem(
354 coreconfigitem(
355 b'convert', b'skiptags', default=False,
355 b'convert', b'skiptags', default=False,
356 )
356 )
357 coreconfigitem(
357 coreconfigitem(
358 b'convert', b'svn.debugsvnlog', default=True,
358 b'convert', b'svn.debugsvnlog', default=True,
359 )
359 )
360 coreconfigitem(
360 coreconfigitem(
361 b'convert', b'svn.trunk', default=None,
361 b'convert', b'svn.trunk', default=None,
362 )
362 )
363 coreconfigitem(
363 coreconfigitem(
364 b'convert', b'svn.tags', default=None,
364 b'convert', b'svn.tags', default=None,
365 )
365 )
366 coreconfigitem(
366 coreconfigitem(
367 b'convert', b'svn.branches', default=None,
367 b'convert', b'svn.branches', default=None,
368 )
368 )
369 coreconfigitem(
369 coreconfigitem(
370 b'convert', b'svn.startrev', default=0,
370 b'convert', b'svn.startrev', default=0,
371 )
371 )
372 coreconfigitem(
372 coreconfigitem(
373 b'debug', b'dirstate.delaywrite', default=0,
373 b'debug', b'dirstate.delaywrite', default=0,
374 )
374 )
375 coreconfigitem(
375 coreconfigitem(
376 b'defaults', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
376 b'defaults', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
377 )
377 )
378 coreconfigitem(
378 coreconfigitem(
379 b'devel', b'all-warnings', default=False,
379 b'devel', b'all-warnings', default=False,
380 )
380 )
381 coreconfigitem(
381 coreconfigitem(
382 b'devel', b'bundle2.debug', default=False,
382 b'devel', b'bundle2.debug', default=False,
383 )
383 )
384 coreconfigitem(
384 coreconfigitem(
385 b'devel', b'bundle.delta', default=b'',
385 b'devel', b'bundle.delta', default=b'',
386 )
386 )
387 coreconfigitem(
387 coreconfigitem(
388 b'devel', b'cache-vfs', default=None,
388 b'devel', b'cache-vfs', default=None,
389 )
389 )
390 coreconfigitem(
390 coreconfigitem(
391 b'devel', b'check-locks', default=False,
391 b'devel', b'check-locks', default=False,
392 )
392 )
393 coreconfigitem(
393 coreconfigitem(
394 b'devel', b'check-relroot', default=False,
394 b'devel', b'check-relroot', default=False,
395 )
395 )
396 coreconfigitem(
396 coreconfigitem(
397 b'devel', b'default-date', default=None,
397 b'devel', b'default-date', default=None,
398 )
398 )
399 coreconfigitem(
399 coreconfigitem(
400 b'devel', b'deprec-warn', default=False,
400 b'devel', b'deprec-warn', default=False,
401 )
401 )
402 coreconfigitem(
402 coreconfigitem(
403 b'devel', b'disableloaddefaultcerts', default=False,
403 b'devel', b'disableloaddefaultcerts', default=False,
404 )
404 )
405 coreconfigitem(
405 coreconfigitem(
406 b'devel', b'warn-empty-changegroup', default=False,
406 b'devel', b'warn-empty-changegroup', default=False,
407 )
407 )
408 coreconfigitem(
408 coreconfigitem(
409 b'devel', b'legacy.exchange', default=list,
409 b'devel', b'legacy.exchange', default=list,
410 )
410 )
411 coreconfigitem(
411 coreconfigitem(
412 b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap', default=False,
412 b'devel', b'persistent-nodemap', default=False,
413 )
413 )
414 coreconfigitem(
414 coreconfigitem(
415 b'devel', b'servercafile', default=b'',
415 b'devel', b'servercafile', default=b'',
416 )
416 )
417 coreconfigitem(
417 coreconfigitem(
418 b'devel', b'serverexactprotocol', default=b'',
418 b'devel', b'serverexactprotocol', default=b'',
419 )
419 )
420 coreconfigitem(
420 coreconfigitem(
421 b'devel', b'serverrequirecert', default=False,
421 b'devel', b'serverrequirecert', default=False,
422 )
422 )
423 coreconfigitem(
423 coreconfigitem(
424 b'devel', b'strip-obsmarkers', default=True,
424 b'devel', b'strip-obsmarkers', default=True,
425 )
425 )
426 coreconfigitem(
426 coreconfigitem(
427 b'devel', b'warn-config', default=None,
427 b'devel', b'warn-config', default=None,
428 )
428 )
429 coreconfigitem(
429 coreconfigitem(
430 b'devel', b'warn-config-default', default=None,
430 b'devel', b'warn-config-default', default=None,
431 )
431 )
432 coreconfigitem(
432 coreconfigitem(
433 b'devel', b'user.obsmarker', default=None,
433 b'devel', b'user.obsmarker', default=None,
434 )
434 )
435 coreconfigitem(
435 coreconfigitem(
436 b'devel', b'warn-config-unknown', default=None,
436 b'devel', b'warn-config-unknown', default=None,
437 )
437 )
438 coreconfigitem(
438 coreconfigitem(
439 b'devel', b'debug.copies', default=False,
439 b'devel', b'debug.copies', default=False,
440 )
440 )
441 coreconfigitem(
441 coreconfigitem(
442 b'devel', b'debug.extensions', default=False,
442 b'devel', b'debug.extensions', default=False,
443 )
443 )
444 coreconfigitem(
444 coreconfigitem(
445 b'devel', b'debug.repo-filters', default=False,
445 b'devel', b'debug.repo-filters', default=False,
446 )
446 )
447 coreconfigitem(
447 coreconfigitem(
448 b'devel', b'debug.peer-request', default=False,
448 b'devel', b'debug.peer-request', default=False,
449 )
449 )
450 coreconfigitem(
450 coreconfigitem(
451 b'devel', b'discovery.randomize', default=True,
451 b'devel', b'discovery.randomize', default=True,
452 )
452 )
453 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
453 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
454 coreconfigitem(
454 coreconfigitem(
455 b'email', b'bcc', default=None,
455 b'email', b'bcc', default=None,
456 )
456 )
457 coreconfigitem(
457 coreconfigitem(
458 b'email', b'cc', default=None,
458 b'email', b'cc', default=None,
459 )
459 )
460 coreconfigitem(
460 coreconfigitem(
461 b'email', b'charsets', default=list,
461 b'email', b'charsets', default=list,
462 )
462 )
463 coreconfigitem(
463 coreconfigitem(
464 b'email', b'from', default=None,
464 b'email', b'from', default=None,
465 )
465 )
466 coreconfigitem(
466 coreconfigitem(
467 b'email', b'method', default=b'smtp',
467 b'email', b'method', default=b'smtp',
468 )
468 )
469 coreconfigitem(
469 coreconfigitem(
470 b'email', b'reply-to', default=None,
470 b'email', b'reply-to', default=None,
471 )
471 )
472 coreconfigitem(
472 coreconfigitem(
473 b'email', b'to', default=None,
473 b'email', b'to', default=None,
474 )
474 )
475 coreconfigitem(
475 coreconfigitem(
476 b'experimental', b'archivemetatemplate', default=dynamicdefault,
476 b'experimental', b'archivemetatemplate', default=dynamicdefault,
477 )
477 )
478 coreconfigitem(
478 coreconfigitem(
479 b'experimental', b'auto-publish', default=b'publish',
479 b'experimental', b'auto-publish', default=b'publish',
480 )
480 )
481 coreconfigitem(
481 coreconfigitem(
482 b'experimental', b'bundle-phases', default=False,
482 b'experimental', b'bundle-phases', default=False,
483 )
483 )
484 coreconfigitem(
484 coreconfigitem(
485 b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise', default=True,
485 b'experimental', b'bundle2-advertise', default=True,
486 )
486 )
487 coreconfigitem(
487 coreconfigitem(
488 b'experimental', b'bundle2-output-capture', default=False,
488 b'experimental', b'bundle2-output-capture', default=False,
489 )
489 )
490 coreconfigitem(
490 coreconfigitem(
491 b'experimental', b'bundle2.pushback', default=False,
491 b'experimental', b'bundle2.pushback', default=False,
492 )
492 )
493 coreconfigitem(
493 coreconfigitem(
494 b'experimental', b'bundle2lazylocking', default=False,
494 b'experimental', b'bundle2lazylocking', default=False,
495 )
495 )
496 coreconfigitem(
496 coreconfigitem(
497 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel', default=None,
497 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel', default=None,
498 )
498 )
499 coreconfigitem(
499 coreconfigitem(
500 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', default=None,
500 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', default=None,
501 )
501 )
502 coreconfigitem(
502 coreconfigitem(
503 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.gzip', default=None,
503 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.gzip', default=None,
504 )
504 )
505 coreconfigitem(
505 coreconfigitem(
506 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.none', default=None,
506 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.none', default=None,
507 )
507 )
508 coreconfigitem(
508 coreconfigitem(
509 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.zstd', default=None,
509 b'experimental', b'bundlecomplevel.zstd', default=None,
510 )
510 )
511 coreconfigitem(
511 coreconfigitem(
512 b'experimental', b'changegroup3', default=False,
512 b'experimental', b'changegroup3', default=False,
513 )
513 )
514 coreconfigitem(
514 coreconfigitem(
515 b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived', default=False,
515 b'experimental', b'cleanup-as-archived', default=False,
516 )
516 )
517 coreconfigitem(
517 coreconfigitem(
518 b'experimental', b'clientcompressionengines', default=list,
518 b'experimental', b'clientcompressionengines', default=list,
519 )
519 )
520 coreconfigitem(
520 coreconfigitem(
521 b'experimental', b'copytrace', default=b'on',
521 b'experimental', b'copytrace', default=b'on',
522 )
522 )
523 coreconfigitem(
523 coreconfigitem(
524 b'experimental', b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', default=100,
524 b'experimental', b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', default=100,
525 )
525 )
526 coreconfigitem(
526 coreconfigitem(
527 b'experimental', b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', default=100,
527 b'experimental', b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', default=100,
528 )
528 )
529 coreconfigitem(
529 coreconfigitem(
530 b'experimental', b'copies.read-from', default=b"filelog-only",
530 b'experimental', b'copies.read-from', default=b"filelog-only",
531 )
531 )
532 coreconfigitem(
532 coreconfigitem(
533 b'experimental', b'copies.write-to', default=b'filelog-only',
533 b'experimental', b'copies.write-to', default=b'filelog-only',
534 )
534 )
535 coreconfigitem(
535 coreconfigitem(
536 b'experimental', b'crecordtest', default=None,
536 b'experimental', b'crecordtest', default=None,
537 )
537 )
538 coreconfigitem(
538 coreconfigitem(
539 b'experimental', b'directaccess', default=False,
539 b'experimental', b'directaccess', default=False,
540 )
540 )
541 coreconfigitem(
541 coreconfigitem(
542 b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums', default=False,
542 b'experimental', b'directaccess.revnums', default=False,
543 )
543 )
544 coreconfigitem(
544 coreconfigitem(
545 b'experimental', b'editortmpinhg', default=False,
545 b'experimental', b'editortmpinhg', default=False,
546 )
546 )
547 coreconfigitem(
547 coreconfigitem(
548 b'experimental', b'evolution', default=list,
548 b'experimental', b'evolution', default=list,
549 )
549 )
550 coreconfigitem(
550 coreconfigitem(
551 b'experimental',
551 b'experimental',
552 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
552 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
553 default=False,
553 default=False,
554 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
554 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
555 )
555 )
556 coreconfigitem(
556 coreconfigitem(
557 b'experimental', b'evolution.allowunstable', default=None,
557 b'experimental', b'evolution.allowunstable', default=None,
558 )
558 )
559 coreconfigitem(
559 coreconfigitem(
560 b'experimental', b'evolution.createmarkers', default=None,
560 b'experimental', b'evolution.createmarkers', default=None,
561 )
561 )
562 coreconfigitem(
562 coreconfigitem(
563 b'experimental',
563 b'experimental',
564 b'evolution.effect-flags',
564 b'evolution.effect-flags',
565 default=True,
565 default=True,
566 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
566 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
567 )
567 )
568 coreconfigitem(
568 coreconfigitem(
569 b'experimental', b'evolution.exchange', default=None,
569 b'experimental', b'evolution.exchange', default=None,
570 )
570 )
571 coreconfigitem(
571 coreconfigitem(
572 b'experimental', b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', default=False,
572 b'experimental', b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', default=False,
573 )
573 )
574 coreconfigitem(
574 coreconfigitem(
575 b'experimental', b'log.topo', default=False,
575 b'experimental', b'log.topo', default=False,
576 )
576 )
577 coreconfigitem(
577 coreconfigitem(
578 b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities', default=True,
578 b'experimental', b'evolution.report-instabilities', default=True,
579 )
579 )
580 coreconfigitem(
580 coreconfigitem(
581 b'experimental', b'evolution.track-operation', default=True,
581 b'experimental', b'evolution.track-operation', default=True,
582 )
582 )
583 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
583 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
584 #
584 #
585 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
585 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
586 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
586 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
587 coreconfigitem(
587 coreconfigitem(
588 b'experimental', b'extra-filter-revs', default=None,
588 b'experimental', b'extra-filter-revs', default=None,
589 )
589 )
590 coreconfigitem(
590 coreconfigitem(
591 b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan', default=-1,
591 b'experimental', b'maxdeltachainspan', default=-1,
592 )
592 )
593 coreconfigitem(
593 coreconfigitem(
594 b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix', default=None,
594 b'experimental', b'mergetempdirprefix', default=None,
595 )
595 )
596 coreconfigitem(
596 coreconfigitem(
597 b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold', default=None,
597 b'experimental', b'mmapindexthreshold', default=None,
598 )
598 )
599 coreconfigitem(
599 coreconfigitem(
600 b'experimental', b'narrow', default=False,
600 b'experimental', b'narrow', default=False,
601 )
601 )
602 coreconfigitem(
602 coreconfigitem(
603 b'experimental', b'nonnormalparanoidcheck', default=False,
603 b'experimental', b'nonnormalparanoidcheck', default=False,
604 )
604 )
605 coreconfigitem(
605 coreconfigitem(
606 b'experimental', b'exportableenviron', default=list,
606 b'experimental', b'exportableenviron', default=list,
607 )
607 )
608 coreconfigitem(
608 coreconfigitem(
609 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.index', default=None,
609 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.index', default=None,
610 )
610 )
611 coreconfigitem(
611 coreconfigitem(
612 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.similarity', default=False,
612 b'experimental', b'extendedheader.similarity', default=False,
613 )
613 )
614 coreconfigitem(
614 coreconfigitem(
615 b'experimental', b'graphshorten', default=False,
615 b'experimental', b'graphshorten', default=False,
616 )
616 )
617 coreconfigitem(
617 coreconfigitem(
618 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.parent', default=dynamicdefault,
618 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.parent', default=dynamicdefault,
619 )
619 )
620 coreconfigitem(
620 coreconfigitem(
621 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.missing', default=dynamicdefault,
621 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.missing', default=dynamicdefault,
622 )
622 )
623 coreconfigitem(
623 coreconfigitem(
624 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.grandparent', default=dynamicdefault,
624 b'experimental', b'graphstyle.grandparent', default=dynamicdefault,
625 )
625 )
626 coreconfigitem(
626 coreconfigitem(
627 b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags', default=False,
627 b'experimental', b'hook-track-tags', default=False,
628 )
628 )
629 coreconfigitem(
629 coreconfigitem(
630 b'experimental', b'httppeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
630 b'experimental', b'httppeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
631 )
631 )
632 coreconfigitem(
632 coreconfigitem(
633 b'experimental', b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', default=None,
633 b'experimental', b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', default=None,
634 )
634 )
635 coreconfigitem(
635 coreconfigitem(
636 b'experimental', b'httppostargs', default=False,
636 b'experimental', b'httppostargs', default=False,
637 )
637 )
638 coreconfigitem(
638 coreconfigitem(
639 b'experimental', b'mergedriver', default=None,
639 b'experimental', b'mergedriver', default=None,
640 )
640 )
641 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
641 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
642 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
642 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
643
643
644 coreconfigitem(
644 coreconfigitem(
645 b'experimental', b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', default=False,
645 b'experimental', b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', default=False,
646 )
646 )
647 coreconfigitem(
647 coreconfigitem(
648 b'experimental', b'remotenames', default=False,
648 b'experimental', b'remotenames', default=False,
649 )
649 )
650 coreconfigitem(
650 coreconfigitem(
651 b'experimental', b'removeemptydirs', default=True,
651 b'experimental', b'removeemptydirs', default=True,
652 )
652 )
653 coreconfigitem(
653 coreconfigitem(
654 b'experimental', b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep', default=False,
654 b'experimental', b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep', default=False,
655 )
655 )
656 coreconfigitem(
656 coreconfigitem(
657 b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode', default=False,
657 b'experimental', b'revisions.prefixhexnode', default=False,
658 )
658 )
659 coreconfigitem(
659 coreconfigitem(
660 b'experimental', b'revlogv2', default=None,
660 b'experimental', b'revlogv2', default=None,
661 )
661 )
662 coreconfigitem(
662 coreconfigitem(
663 b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin', default=None,
663 b'experimental', b'revisions.disambiguatewithin', default=None,
664 )
664 )
665 coreconfigitem(
665 coreconfigitem(
666 b'experimental', b'rust.index', default=False,
666 b'experimental', b'rust.index', default=False,
667 )
667 )
668 coreconfigitem(
668 coreconfigitem(
669 b'experimental', b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', default=50000,
669 b'experimental', b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', default=50000,
670 )
670 )
671 coreconfigitem(
671 coreconfigitem(
672 b'experimental',
672 b'experimental',
673 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
673 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
674 default=100000,
674 default=100000,
675 )
675 )
676 coreconfigitem(
676 coreconfigitem(
677 b'experimental', b'server.stream-narrow-clones', default=False,
677 b'experimental', b'server.stream-narrow-clones', default=False,
678 )
678 )
679 coreconfigitem(
679 coreconfigitem(
680 b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch', default=False,
680 b'experimental', b'single-head-per-branch', default=False,
681 )
681 )
682 coreconfigitem(
682 coreconfigitem(
683 b'experimental',
683 b'experimental',
684 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
684 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
685 default=False,
685 default=False,
686 )
686 )
687 coreconfigitem(
687 coreconfigitem(
688 b'experimental', b'sshserver.support-v2', default=False,
688 b'experimental', b'sshserver.support-v2', default=False,
689 )
689 )
690 coreconfigitem(
690 coreconfigitem(
691 b'experimental', b'sparse-read', default=False,
691 b'experimental', b'sparse-read', default=False,
692 )
692 )
693 coreconfigitem(
693 coreconfigitem(
694 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold', default=0.50,
694 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.density-threshold', default=0.50,
695 )
695 )
696 coreconfigitem(
696 coreconfigitem(
697 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size', default=b'65K',
697 b'experimental', b'sparse-read.min-gap-size', default=b'65K',
698 )
698 )
699 coreconfigitem(
699 coreconfigitem(
700 b'experimental', b'treemanifest', default=False,
700 b'experimental', b'treemanifest', default=False,
701 )
701 )
702 coreconfigitem(
702 coreconfigitem(
703 b'experimental', b'update.atomic-file', default=False,
703 b'experimental', b'update.atomic-file', default=False,
704 )
704 )
705 coreconfigitem(
705 coreconfigitem(
706 b'experimental', b'sshpeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
706 b'experimental', b'sshpeer.advertise-v2', default=False,
707 )
707 )
708 coreconfigitem(
708 coreconfigitem(
709 b'experimental', b'web.apiserver', default=False,
709 b'experimental', b'web.apiserver', default=False,
710 )
710 )
711 coreconfigitem(
711 coreconfigitem(
712 b'experimental', b'web.api.http-v2', default=False,
712 b'experimental', b'web.api.http-v2', default=False,
713 )
713 )
714 coreconfigitem(
714 coreconfigitem(
715 b'experimental', b'web.api.debugreflect', default=False,
715 b'experimental', b'web.api.debugreflect', default=False,
716 )
716 )
717 coreconfigitem(
717 coreconfigitem(
718 b'experimental', b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', default=False,
718 b'experimental', b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', default=False,
719 )
719 )
720 coreconfigitem(
720 coreconfigitem(
721 b'experimental', b'worker.repository-upgrade', default=False,
721 b'experimental', b'worker.repository-upgrade', default=False,
722 )
722 )
723 coreconfigitem(
723 coreconfigitem(
724 b'experimental', b'xdiff', default=False,
724 b'experimental', b'xdiff', default=False,
725 )
725 )
726 coreconfigitem(
726 coreconfigitem(
727 b'extensions', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
727 b'extensions', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
728 )
728 )
729 coreconfigitem(
729 coreconfigitem(
730 b'extdata', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
730 b'extdata', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
731 )
731 )
732 coreconfigitem(
732 coreconfigitem(
733 b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store', default=False,
733 b'format', b'bookmarks-in-store', default=False,
734 )
734 )
735 coreconfigitem(
735 coreconfigitem(
736 b'format', b'chunkcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
736 b'format', b'chunkcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
737 )
737 )
738 coreconfigitem(
738 coreconfigitem(
739 b'format', b'dotencode', default=True,
739 b'format', b'dotencode', default=True,
740 )
740 )
741 coreconfigitem(
741 coreconfigitem(
742 b'format', b'generaldelta', default=False, experimental=True,
742 b'format', b'generaldelta', default=False, experimental=True,
743 )
743 )
744 coreconfigitem(
744 coreconfigitem(
745 b'format', b'manifestcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
745 b'format', b'manifestcachesize', default=None, experimental=True,
746 )
746 )
747 coreconfigitem(
747 coreconfigitem(
748 b'format', b'maxchainlen', default=dynamicdefault, experimental=True,
748 b'format', b'maxchainlen', default=dynamicdefault, experimental=True,
749 )
749 )
750 coreconfigitem(
750 coreconfigitem(
751 b'format', b'obsstore-version', default=None,
751 b'format', b'obsstore-version', default=None,
752 )
752 )
753 coreconfigitem(
753 coreconfigitem(
754 b'format', b'sparse-revlog', default=True,
754 b'format', b'sparse-revlog', default=True,
755 )
755 )
756 coreconfigitem(
756 coreconfigitem(
757 b'format',
757 b'format',
758 b'revlog-compression',
758 b'revlog-compression',
759 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
759 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
760 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
760 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
761 )
761 )
762 coreconfigitem(
762 coreconfigitem(
763 b'format', b'usefncache', default=True,
763 b'format', b'usefncache', default=True,
764 )
764 )
765 coreconfigitem(
765 coreconfigitem(
766 b'format', b'usegeneraldelta', default=True,
766 b'format', b'usegeneraldelta', default=True,
767 )
767 )
768 coreconfigitem(
768 coreconfigitem(
769 b'format', b'usestore', default=True,
769 b'format', b'usestore', default=True,
770 )
770 )
771 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust, so
771 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust, so
772 # the persistent nodemap feature needs to stay experimental as long as the Rust
772 # the persistent nodemap feature needs to stay experimental as long as the Rust
773 # extensions are an experimental feature.
773 # extensions are an experimental feature.
774 coreconfigitem(
774 coreconfigitem(
775 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
775 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
776 )
776 )
777 coreconfigitem(
777 coreconfigitem(
778 b'format',
778 b'format',
779 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
779 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
780 default=False,
780 default=False,
781 experimental=True,
781 experimental=True,
782 )
782 )
783 coreconfigitem(
783 coreconfigitem(
784 b'format', b'exp-use-side-data', default=False, experimental=True,
784 b'format', b'exp-use-side-data', default=False, experimental=True,
785 )
785 )
786 coreconfigitem(
786 coreconfigitem(
787 b'format', b'internal-phase', default=False, experimental=True,
787 b'format', b'internal-phase', default=False, experimental=True,
788 )
788 )
789 coreconfigitem(
789 coreconfigitem(
790 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_when_unused', default=True,
790 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_when_unused', default=True,
791 )
791 )
792 coreconfigitem(
792 coreconfigitem(
793 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count', default=50000,
793 b'fsmonitor', b'warn_update_file_count', default=50000,
794 )
794 )
795 coreconfigitem(
795 coreconfigitem(
796 b'help', br'hidden-command\..*', default=False, generic=True,
796 b'help', br'hidden-command\..*', default=False, generic=True,
797 )
797 )
798 coreconfigitem(
798 coreconfigitem(
799 b'help', br'hidden-topic\..*', default=False, generic=True,
799 b'help', br'hidden-topic\..*', default=False, generic=True,
800 )
800 )
801 coreconfigitem(
801 coreconfigitem(
802 b'hooks', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
802 b'hooks', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
803 )
803 )
804 coreconfigitem(
804 coreconfigitem(
805 b'hgweb-paths', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
805 b'hgweb-paths', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
806 )
806 )
807 coreconfigitem(
807 coreconfigitem(
808 b'hostfingerprints', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
808 b'hostfingerprints', b'.*', default=list, generic=True,
809 )
809 )
810 coreconfigitem(
810 coreconfigitem(
811 b'hostsecurity', b'ciphers', default=None,
811 b'hostsecurity', b'ciphers', default=None,
812 )
812 )
813 coreconfigitem(
813 coreconfigitem(
814 b'hostsecurity', b'minimumprotocol', default=dynamicdefault,
814 b'hostsecurity', b'minimumprotocol', default=dynamicdefault,
815 )
815 )
816 coreconfigitem(
816 coreconfigitem(
817 b'hostsecurity',
817 b'hostsecurity',
818 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
818 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
819 default=dynamicdefault,
819 default=dynamicdefault,
820 generic=True,
820 generic=True,
821 )
821 )
822 coreconfigitem(
822 coreconfigitem(
823 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:ciphers$', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
823 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:ciphers$', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
824 )
824 )
825 coreconfigitem(
825 coreconfigitem(
826 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:fingerprints$', default=list, generic=True,
826 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:fingerprints$', default=list, generic=True,
827 )
827 )
828 coreconfigitem(
828 coreconfigitem(
829 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:verifycertsfile$', default=None, generic=True,
829 b'hostsecurity', b'.*:verifycertsfile$', default=None, generic=True,
830 )
830 )
831
831
832 coreconfigitem(
832 coreconfigitem(
833 b'http_proxy', b'always', default=False,
833 b'http_proxy', b'always', default=False,
834 )
834 )
835 coreconfigitem(
835 coreconfigitem(
836 b'http_proxy', b'host', default=None,
836 b'http_proxy', b'host', default=None,
837 )
837 )
838 coreconfigitem(
838 coreconfigitem(
839 b'http_proxy', b'no', default=list,
839 b'http_proxy', b'no', default=list,
840 )
840 )
841 coreconfigitem(
841 coreconfigitem(
842 b'http_proxy', b'passwd', default=None,
842 b'http_proxy', b'passwd', default=None,
843 )
843 )
844 coreconfigitem(
844 coreconfigitem(
845 b'http_proxy', b'user', default=None,
845 b'http_proxy', b'user', default=None,
846 )
846 )
847
847
848 coreconfigitem(
848 coreconfigitem(
849 b'http', b'timeout', default=None,
849 b'http', b'timeout', default=None,
850 )
850 )
851
851
852 coreconfigitem(
852 coreconfigitem(
853 b'logtoprocess', b'commandexception', default=None,
853 b'logtoprocess', b'commandexception', default=None,
854 )
854 )
855 coreconfigitem(
855 coreconfigitem(
856 b'logtoprocess', b'commandfinish', default=None,
856 b'logtoprocess', b'commandfinish', default=None,
857 )
857 )
858 coreconfigitem(
858 coreconfigitem(
859 b'logtoprocess', b'command', default=None,
859 b'logtoprocess', b'command', default=None,
860 )
860 )
861 coreconfigitem(
861 coreconfigitem(
862 b'logtoprocess', b'develwarn', default=None,
862 b'logtoprocess', b'develwarn', default=None,
863 )
863 )
864 coreconfigitem(
864 coreconfigitem(
865 b'logtoprocess', b'uiblocked', default=None,
865 b'logtoprocess', b'uiblocked', default=None,
866 )
866 )
867 coreconfigitem(
867 coreconfigitem(
868 b'merge', b'checkunknown', default=b'abort',
868 b'merge', b'checkunknown', default=b'abort',
869 )
869 )
870 coreconfigitem(
870 coreconfigitem(
871 b'merge', b'checkignored', default=b'abort',
871 b'merge', b'checkignored', default=b'abort',
872 )
872 )
873 coreconfigitem(
873 coreconfigitem(
874 b'experimental', b'merge.checkpathconflicts', default=False,
874 b'experimental', b'merge.checkpathconflicts', default=False,
875 )
875 )
876 coreconfigitem(
876 coreconfigitem(
877 b'merge', b'followcopies', default=True,
877 b'merge', b'followcopies', default=True,
878 )
878 )
879 coreconfigitem(
879 coreconfigitem(
880 b'merge', b'on-failure', default=b'continue',
880 b'merge', b'on-failure', default=b'continue',
881 )
881 )
882 coreconfigitem(
882 coreconfigitem(
883 b'merge', b'preferancestor', default=lambda: [b'*'], experimental=True,
883 b'merge', b'preferancestor', default=lambda: [b'*'], experimental=True,
884 )
884 )
885 coreconfigitem(
885 coreconfigitem(
886 b'merge', b'strict-capability-check', default=False,
886 b'merge', b'strict-capability-check', default=False,
887 )
887 )
888 coreconfigitem(
888 coreconfigitem(
889 b'merge-tools', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
889 b'merge-tools', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
890 )
890 )
891 coreconfigitem(
891 coreconfigitem(
892 b'merge-tools',
892 b'merge-tools',
893 br'.*\.args$',
893 br'.*\.args$',
894 default=b"$local $base $other",
894 default=b"$local $base $other",
895 generic=True,
895 generic=True,
896 priority=-1,
896 priority=-1,
897 )
897 )
898 coreconfigitem(
898 coreconfigitem(
899 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
899 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
900 )
900 )
901 coreconfigitem(
901 coreconfigitem(
902 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', default=list, generic=True, priority=-1,
902 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', default=list, generic=True, priority=-1,
903 )
903 )
904 coreconfigitem(
904 coreconfigitem(
905 b'merge-tools',
905 b'merge-tools',
906 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
906 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
907 default=False,
907 default=False,
908 generic=True,
908 generic=True,
909 priority=-1,
909 priority=-1,
910 )
910 )
911 coreconfigitem(
911 coreconfigitem(
912 b'merge-tools',
912 b'merge-tools',
913 br'.*\.executable$',
913 br'.*\.executable$',
914 default=dynamicdefault,
914 default=dynamicdefault,
915 generic=True,
915 generic=True,
916 priority=-1,
916 priority=-1,
917 )
917 )
918 coreconfigitem(
918 coreconfigitem(
919 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
919 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
920 )
920 )
921 coreconfigitem(
921 coreconfigitem(
922 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
922 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
923 )
923 )
924 coreconfigitem(
924 coreconfigitem(
925 b'merge-tools',
925 b'merge-tools',
926 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
926 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
927 default=b'basic',
927 default=b'basic',
928 generic=True,
928 generic=True,
929 priority=-1,
929 priority=-1,
930 )
930 )
931 coreconfigitem(
931 coreconfigitem(
932 b'merge-tools',
932 b'merge-tools',
933 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
933 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
934 default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
934 default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
935 generic=True,
935 generic=True,
936 priority=-1,
936 priority=-1,
937 )
937 )
938 coreconfigitem(
938 coreconfigitem(
939 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', default=0, generic=True, priority=-1,
939 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', default=0, generic=True, priority=-1,
940 )
940 )
941 coreconfigitem(
941 coreconfigitem(
942 b'merge-tools',
942 b'merge-tools',
943 br'.*\.premerge$',
943 br'.*\.premerge$',
944 default=dynamicdefault,
944 default=dynamicdefault,
945 generic=True,
945 generic=True,
946 priority=-1,
946 priority=-1,
947 )
947 )
948 coreconfigitem(
948 coreconfigitem(
949 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
949 b'merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', default=False, generic=True, priority=-1,
950 )
950 )
951 coreconfigitem(
951 coreconfigitem(
952 b'pager', b'attend-.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
952 b'pager', b'attend-.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
953 )
953 )
954 coreconfigitem(
954 coreconfigitem(
955 b'pager', b'ignore', default=list,
955 b'pager', b'ignore', default=list,
956 )
956 )
957 coreconfigitem(
957 coreconfigitem(
958 b'pager', b'pager', default=dynamicdefault,
958 b'pager', b'pager', default=dynamicdefault,
959 )
959 )
960 coreconfigitem(
960 coreconfigitem(
961 b'patch', b'eol', default=b'strict',
961 b'patch', b'eol', default=b'strict',
962 )
962 )
963 coreconfigitem(
963 coreconfigitem(
964 b'patch', b'fuzz', default=2,
964 b'patch', b'fuzz', default=2,
965 )
965 )
966 coreconfigitem(
966 coreconfigitem(
967 b'paths', b'default', default=None,
967 b'paths', b'default', default=None,
968 )
968 )
969 coreconfigitem(
969 coreconfigitem(
970 b'paths', b'default-push', default=None,
970 b'paths', b'default-push', default=None,
971 )
971 )
972 coreconfigitem(
972 coreconfigitem(
973 b'paths', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
973 b'paths', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
974 )
974 )
975 coreconfigitem(
975 coreconfigitem(
976 b'phases', b'checksubrepos', default=b'follow',
976 b'phases', b'checksubrepos', default=b'follow',
977 )
977 )
978 coreconfigitem(
978 coreconfigitem(
979 b'phases', b'new-commit', default=b'draft',
979 b'phases', b'new-commit', default=b'draft',
980 )
980 )
981 coreconfigitem(
981 coreconfigitem(
982 b'phases', b'publish', default=True,
982 b'phases', b'publish', default=True,
983 )
983 )
984 coreconfigitem(
984 coreconfigitem(
985 b'profiling', b'enabled', default=False,
985 b'profiling', b'enabled', default=False,
986 )
986 )
987 coreconfigitem(
987 coreconfigitem(
988 b'profiling', b'format', default=b'text',
988 b'profiling', b'format', default=b'text',
989 )
989 )
990 coreconfigitem(
990 coreconfigitem(
991 b'profiling', b'freq', default=1000,
991 b'profiling', b'freq', default=1000,
992 )
992 )
993 coreconfigitem(
993 coreconfigitem(
994 b'profiling', b'limit', default=30,
994 b'profiling', b'limit', default=30,
995 )
995 )
996 coreconfigitem(
996 coreconfigitem(
997 b'profiling', b'nested', default=0,
997 b'profiling', b'nested', default=0,
998 )
998 )
999 coreconfigitem(
999 coreconfigitem(
1000 b'profiling', b'output', default=None,
1000 b'profiling', b'output', default=None,
1001 )
1001 )
1002 coreconfigitem(
1002 coreconfigitem(
1003 b'profiling', b'showmax', default=0.999,
1003 b'profiling', b'showmax', default=0.999,
1004 )
1004 )
1005 coreconfigitem(
1005 coreconfigitem(
1006 b'profiling', b'showmin', default=dynamicdefault,
1006 b'profiling', b'showmin', default=dynamicdefault,
1007 )
1007 )
1008 coreconfigitem(
1008 coreconfigitem(
1009 b'profiling', b'showtime', default=True,
1009 b'profiling', b'showtime', default=True,
1010 )
1010 )
1011 coreconfigitem(
1011 coreconfigitem(
1012 b'profiling', b'sort', default=b'inlinetime',
1012 b'profiling', b'sort', default=b'inlinetime',
1013 )
1013 )
1014 coreconfigitem(
1014 coreconfigitem(
1015 b'profiling', b'statformat', default=b'hotpath',
1015 b'profiling', b'statformat', default=b'hotpath',
1016 )
1016 )
1017 coreconfigitem(
1017 coreconfigitem(
1018 b'profiling', b'time-track', default=dynamicdefault,
1018 b'profiling', b'time-track', default=dynamicdefault,
1019 )
1019 )
1020 coreconfigitem(
1020 coreconfigitem(
1021 b'profiling', b'type', default=b'stat',
1021 b'profiling', b'type', default=b'stat',
1022 )
1022 )
1023 coreconfigitem(
1023 coreconfigitem(
1024 b'progress', b'assume-tty', default=False,
1024 b'progress', b'assume-tty', default=False,
1025 )
1025 )
1026 coreconfigitem(
1026 coreconfigitem(
1027 b'progress', b'changedelay', default=1,
1027 b'progress', b'changedelay', default=1,
1028 )
1028 )
1029 coreconfigitem(
1029 coreconfigitem(
1030 b'progress', b'clear-complete', default=True,
1030 b'progress', b'clear-complete', default=True,
1031 )
1031 )
1032 coreconfigitem(
1032 coreconfigitem(
1033 b'progress', b'debug', default=False,
1033 b'progress', b'debug', default=False,
1034 )
1034 )
1035 coreconfigitem(
1035 coreconfigitem(
1036 b'progress', b'delay', default=3,
1036 b'progress', b'delay', default=3,
1037 )
1037 )
1038 coreconfigitem(
1038 coreconfigitem(
1039 b'progress', b'disable', default=False,
1039 b'progress', b'disable', default=False,
1040 )
1040 )
1041 coreconfigitem(
1041 coreconfigitem(
1042 b'progress', b'estimateinterval', default=60.0,
1042 b'progress', b'estimateinterval', default=60.0,
1043 )
1043 )
1044 coreconfigitem(
1044 coreconfigitem(
1045 b'progress',
1045 b'progress',
1046 b'format',
1046 b'format',
1047 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1047 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1048 )
1048 )
1049 coreconfigitem(
1049 coreconfigitem(
1050 b'progress', b'refresh', default=0.1,
1050 b'progress', b'refresh', default=0.1,
1051 )
1051 )
1052 coreconfigitem(
1052 coreconfigitem(
1053 b'progress', b'width', default=dynamicdefault,
1053 b'progress', b'width', default=dynamicdefault,
1054 )
1054 )
1055 coreconfigitem(
1055 coreconfigitem(
1056 b'pull', b'confirm', default=False,
1056 b'pull', b'confirm', default=False,
1057 )
1057 )
1058 coreconfigitem(
1058 coreconfigitem(
1059 b'push', b'pushvars.server', default=False,
1059 b'push', b'pushvars.server', default=False,
1060 )
1060 )
1061 coreconfigitem(
1061 coreconfigitem(
1062 b'rewrite',
1062 b'rewrite',
1063 b'backup-bundle',
1063 b'backup-bundle',
1064 default=True,
1064 default=True,
1065 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1065 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1066 )
1066 )
1067 coreconfigitem(
1067 coreconfigitem(
1068 b'rewrite', b'update-timestamp', default=False,
1068 b'rewrite', b'update-timestamp', default=False,
1069 )
1069 )
1070 coreconfigitem(
1070 coreconfigitem(
1071 b'rewrite', b'empty-successor', default=b'skip', experimental=True,
1072 )
1073 coreconfigitem(
1071 b'storage', b'new-repo-backend', default=b'revlogv1', experimental=True,
1074 b'storage', b'new-repo-backend', default=b'revlogv1', experimental=True,
1072 )
1075 )
1073 coreconfigitem(
1076 coreconfigitem(
1074 b'storage',
1077 b'storage',
1075 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1078 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1076 default=True,
1079 default=True,
1077 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1080 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1078 )
1081 )
1079 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1082 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1080 coreconfigitem(
1083 coreconfigitem(
1081 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mmap', default=True, experimental=True
1084 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mmap', default=True, experimental=True
1082 )
1085 )
1083 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1086 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1084 coreconfigitem(
1087 coreconfigitem(
1085 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1088 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1086 )
1089 )
1087 coreconfigitem(
1090 coreconfigitem(
1088 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta', default=True,
1091 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta', default=True,
1089 )
1092 )
1090 coreconfigitem(
1093 coreconfigitem(
1091 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent', default=None,
1094 b'storage', b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent', default=None,
1092 )
1095 )
1093 coreconfigitem(
1096 coreconfigitem(
1094 b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level', default=None,
1097 b'storage', b'revlog.zlib.level', default=None,
1095 )
1098 )
1096 coreconfigitem(
1099 coreconfigitem(
1097 b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level', default=None,
1100 b'storage', b'revlog.zstd.level', default=None,
1098 )
1101 )
1099 coreconfigitem(
1102 coreconfigitem(
1100 b'server', b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', default=True,
1103 b'server', b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', default=True,
1101 )
1104 )
1102 coreconfigitem(
1105 coreconfigitem(
1103 b'server', b'bundle1', default=True,
1106 b'server', b'bundle1', default=True,
1104 )
1107 )
1105 coreconfigitem(
1108 coreconfigitem(
1106 b'server', b'bundle1gd', default=None,
1109 b'server', b'bundle1gd', default=None,
1107 )
1110 )
1108 coreconfigitem(
1111 coreconfigitem(
1109 b'server', b'bundle1.pull', default=None,
1112 b'server', b'bundle1.pull', default=None,
1110 )
1113 )
1111 coreconfigitem(
1114 coreconfigitem(
1112 b'server', b'bundle1gd.pull', default=None,
1115 b'server', b'bundle1gd.pull', default=None,
1113 )
1116 )
1114 coreconfigitem(
1117 coreconfigitem(
1115 b'server', b'bundle1.push', default=None,
1118 b'server', b'bundle1.push', default=None,
1116 )
1119 )
1117 coreconfigitem(
1120 coreconfigitem(
1118 b'server', b'bundle1gd.push', default=None,
1121 b'server', b'bundle1gd.push', default=None,
1119 )
1122 )
1120 coreconfigitem(
1123 coreconfigitem(
1121 b'server',
1124 b'server',
1122 b'bundle2.stream',
1125 b'bundle2.stream',
1123 default=True,
1126 default=True,
1124 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1127 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1125 )
1128 )
1126 coreconfigitem(
1129 coreconfigitem(
1127 b'server', b'compressionengines', default=list,
1130 b'server', b'compressionengines', default=list,
1128 )
1131 )
1129 coreconfigitem(
1132 coreconfigitem(
1130 b'server', b'concurrent-push-mode', default=b'check-related',
1133 b'server', b'concurrent-push-mode', default=b'check-related',
1131 )
1134 )
1132 coreconfigitem(
1135 coreconfigitem(
1133 b'server', b'disablefullbundle', default=False,
1136 b'server', b'disablefullbundle', default=False,
1134 )
1137 )
1135 coreconfigitem(
1138 coreconfigitem(
1136 b'server', b'maxhttpheaderlen', default=1024,
1139 b'server', b'maxhttpheaderlen', default=1024,
1137 )
1140 )
1138 coreconfigitem(
1141 coreconfigitem(
1139 b'server', b'pullbundle', default=False,
1142 b'server', b'pullbundle', default=False,
1140 )
1143 )
1141 coreconfigitem(
1144 coreconfigitem(
1142 b'server', b'preferuncompressed', default=False,
1145 b'server', b'preferuncompressed', default=False,
1143 )
1146 )
1144 coreconfigitem(
1147 coreconfigitem(
1145 b'server', b'streamunbundle', default=False,
1148 b'server', b'streamunbundle', default=False,
1146 )
1149 )
1147 coreconfigitem(
1150 coreconfigitem(
1148 b'server', b'uncompressed', default=True,
1151 b'server', b'uncompressed', default=True,
1149 )
1152 )
1150 coreconfigitem(
1153 coreconfigitem(
1151 b'server', b'uncompressedallowsecret', default=False,
1154 b'server', b'uncompressedallowsecret', default=False,
1152 )
1155 )
1153 coreconfigitem(
1156 coreconfigitem(
1154 b'server', b'view', default=b'served',
1157 b'server', b'view', default=b'served',
1155 )
1158 )
1156 coreconfigitem(
1159 coreconfigitem(
1157 b'server', b'validate', default=False,
1160 b'server', b'validate', default=False,
1158 )
1161 )
1159 coreconfigitem(
1162 coreconfigitem(
1160 b'server', b'zliblevel', default=-1,
1163 b'server', b'zliblevel', default=-1,
1161 )
1164 )
1162 coreconfigitem(
1165 coreconfigitem(
1163 b'server', b'zstdlevel', default=3,
1166 b'server', b'zstdlevel', default=3,
1164 )
1167 )
1165 coreconfigitem(
1168 coreconfigitem(
1166 b'share', b'pool', default=None,
1169 b'share', b'pool', default=None,
1167 )
1170 )
1168 coreconfigitem(
1171 coreconfigitem(
1169 b'share', b'poolnaming', default=b'identity',
1172 b'share', b'poolnaming', default=b'identity',
1170 )
1173 )
1171 coreconfigitem(
1174 coreconfigitem(
1172 b'shelve', b'maxbackups', default=10,
1175 b'shelve', b'maxbackups', default=10,
1173 )
1176 )
1174 coreconfigitem(
1177 coreconfigitem(
1175 b'smtp', b'host', default=None,
1178 b'smtp', b'host', default=None,
1176 )
1179 )
1177 coreconfigitem(
1180 coreconfigitem(
1178 b'smtp', b'local_hostname', default=None,
1181 b'smtp', b'local_hostname', default=None,
1179 )
1182 )
1180 coreconfigitem(
1183 coreconfigitem(
1181 b'smtp', b'password', default=None,
1184 b'smtp', b'password', default=None,
1182 )
1185 )
1183 coreconfigitem(
1186 coreconfigitem(
1184 b'smtp', b'port', default=dynamicdefault,
1187 b'smtp', b'port', default=dynamicdefault,
1185 )
1188 )
1186 coreconfigitem(
1189 coreconfigitem(
1187 b'smtp', b'tls', default=b'none',
1190 b'smtp', b'tls', default=b'none',
1188 )
1191 )
1189 coreconfigitem(
1192 coreconfigitem(
1190 b'smtp', b'username', default=None,
1193 b'smtp', b'username', default=None,
1191 )
1194 )
1192 coreconfigitem(
1195 coreconfigitem(
1193 b'sparse', b'missingwarning', default=True, experimental=True,
1196 b'sparse', b'missingwarning', default=True, experimental=True,
1194 )
1197 )
1195 coreconfigitem(
1198 coreconfigitem(
1196 b'subrepos',
1199 b'subrepos',
1197 b'allowed',
1200 b'allowed',
1198 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1201 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1199 )
1202 )
1200 coreconfigitem(
1203 coreconfigitem(
1201 b'subrepos', b'hg:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1204 b'subrepos', b'hg:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1202 )
1205 )
1203 coreconfigitem(
1206 coreconfigitem(
1204 b'subrepos', b'git:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1207 b'subrepos', b'git:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1205 )
1208 )
1206 coreconfigitem(
1209 coreconfigitem(
1207 b'subrepos', b'svn:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1210 b'subrepos', b'svn:allowed', default=dynamicdefault,
1208 )
1211 )
1209 coreconfigitem(
1212 coreconfigitem(
1210 b'templates', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
1213 b'templates', b'.*', default=None, generic=True,
1211 )
1214 )
1212 coreconfigitem(
1215 coreconfigitem(
1213 b'templateconfig', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
1216 b'templateconfig', b'.*', default=dynamicdefault, generic=True,
1214 )
1217 )
1215 coreconfigitem(
1218 coreconfigitem(
1216 b'trusted', b'groups', default=list,
1219 b'trusted', b'groups', default=list,
1217 )
1220 )
1218 coreconfigitem(
1221 coreconfigitem(
1219 b'trusted', b'users', default=list,
1222 b'trusted', b'users', default=list,
1220 )
1223 )
1221 coreconfigitem(
1224 coreconfigitem(
1222 b'ui', b'_usedassubrepo', default=False,
1225 b'ui', b'_usedassubrepo', default=False,
1223 )
1226 )
1224 coreconfigitem(
1227 coreconfigitem(
1225 b'ui', b'allowemptycommit', default=False,
1228 b'ui', b'allowemptycommit', default=False,
1226 )
1229 )
1227 coreconfigitem(
1230 coreconfigitem(
1228 b'ui', b'archivemeta', default=True,
1231 b'ui', b'archivemeta', default=True,
1229 )
1232 )
1230 coreconfigitem(
1233 coreconfigitem(
1231 b'ui', b'askusername', default=False,
1234 b'ui', b'askusername', default=False,
1232 )
1235 )
1233 coreconfigitem(
1236 coreconfigitem(
1234 b'ui', b'available-memory', default=None,
1237 b'ui', b'available-memory', default=None,
1235 )
1238 )
1236
1239
1237 coreconfigitem(
1240 coreconfigitem(
1238 b'ui', b'clonebundlefallback', default=False,
1241 b'ui', b'clonebundlefallback', default=False,
1239 )
1242 )
1240 coreconfigitem(
1243 coreconfigitem(
1241 b'ui', b'clonebundleprefers', default=list,
1244 b'ui', b'clonebundleprefers', default=list,
1242 )
1245 )
1243 coreconfigitem(
1246 coreconfigitem(
1244 b'ui', b'clonebundles', default=True,
1247 b'ui', b'clonebundles', default=True,
1245 )
1248 )
1246 coreconfigitem(
1249 coreconfigitem(
1247 b'ui', b'color', default=b'auto',
1250 b'ui', b'color', default=b'auto',
1248 )
1251 )
1249 coreconfigitem(
1252 coreconfigitem(
1250 b'ui', b'commitsubrepos', default=False,
1253 b'ui', b'commitsubrepos', default=False,
1251 )
1254 )
1252 coreconfigitem(
1255 coreconfigitem(
1253 b'ui', b'debug', default=False,
1256 b'ui', b'debug', default=False,
1254 )
1257 )
1255 coreconfigitem(
1258 coreconfigitem(
1256 b'ui', b'debugger', default=None,
1259 b'ui', b'debugger', default=None,
1257 )
1260 )
1258 coreconfigitem(
1261 coreconfigitem(
1259 b'ui', b'editor', default=dynamicdefault,
1262 b'ui', b'editor', default=dynamicdefault,
1260 )
1263 )
1261 coreconfigitem(
1264 coreconfigitem(
1262 b'ui', b'fallbackencoding', default=None,
1265 b'ui', b'fallbackencoding', default=None,
1263 )
1266 )
1264 coreconfigitem(
1267 coreconfigitem(
1265 b'ui', b'forcecwd', default=None,
1268 b'ui', b'forcecwd', default=None,
1266 )
1269 )
1267 coreconfigitem(
1270 coreconfigitem(
1268 b'ui', b'forcemerge', default=None,
1271 b'ui', b'forcemerge', default=None,
1269 )
1272 )
1270 coreconfigitem(
1273 coreconfigitem(
1271 b'ui', b'formatdebug', default=False,
1274 b'ui', b'formatdebug', default=False,
1272 )
1275 )
1273 coreconfigitem(
1276 coreconfigitem(
1274 b'ui', b'formatjson', default=False,
1277 b'ui', b'formatjson', default=False,
1275 )
1278 )
1276 coreconfigitem(
1279 coreconfigitem(
1277 b'ui', b'formatted', default=None,
1280 b'ui', b'formatted', default=None,
1278 )
1281 )
1279 coreconfigitem(
1282 coreconfigitem(
1280 b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate', default=None,
1283 b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate', default=None,
1281 )
1284 )
1282 coreconfigitem(
1285 coreconfigitem(
1283 b'ui', b'interactive', default=None,
1286 b'ui', b'interactive', default=None,
1284 )
1287 )
1285 coreconfigitem(
1288 coreconfigitem(
1286 b'ui', b'interface', default=None,
1289 b'ui', b'interface', default=None,
1287 )
1290 )
1288 coreconfigitem(
1291 coreconfigitem(
1289 b'ui', b'interface.chunkselector', default=None,
1292 b'ui', b'interface.chunkselector', default=None,
1290 )
1293 )
1291 coreconfigitem(
1294 coreconfigitem(
1292 b'ui', b'large-file-limit', default=10000000,
1295 b'ui', b'large-file-limit', default=10000000,
1293 )
1296 )
1294 coreconfigitem(
1297 coreconfigitem(
1295 b'ui', b'logblockedtimes', default=False,
1298 b'ui', b'logblockedtimes', default=False,
1296 )
1299 )
1297 coreconfigitem(
1300 coreconfigitem(
1298 b'ui', b'logtemplate', default=None,
1301 b'ui', b'logtemplate', default=None,
1299 )
1302 )
1300 coreconfigitem(
1303 coreconfigitem(
1301 b'ui', b'merge', default=None,
1304 b'ui', b'merge', default=None,
1302 )
1305 )
1303 coreconfigitem(
1306 coreconfigitem(
1304 b'ui', b'mergemarkers', default=b'basic',
1307 b'ui', b'mergemarkers', default=b'basic',
1305 )
1308 )
1306 coreconfigitem(
1309 coreconfigitem(
1307 b'ui',
1310 b'ui',
1308 b'mergemarkertemplate',
1311 b'mergemarkertemplate',
1309 default=(
1312 default=(
1310 b'{node|short} '
1313 b'{node|short} '
1311 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
1314 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
1312 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
1315 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
1313 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
1316 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
1314 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
1317 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
1315 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
1318 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
1316 ),
1319 ),
1317 )
1320 )
1318 coreconfigitem(
1321 coreconfigitem(
1319 b'ui', b'message-output', default=b'stdio',
1322 b'ui', b'message-output', default=b'stdio',
1320 )
1323 )
1321 coreconfigitem(
1324 coreconfigitem(
1322 b'ui', b'nontty', default=False,
1325 b'ui', b'nontty', default=False,
1323 )
1326 )
1324 coreconfigitem(
1327 coreconfigitem(
1325 b'ui', b'origbackuppath', default=None,
1328 b'ui', b'origbackuppath', default=None,
1326 )
1329 )
1327 coreconfigitem(
1330 coreconfigitem(
1328 b'ui', b'paginate', default=True,
1331 b'ui', b'paginate', default=True,
1329 )
1332 )
1330 coreconfigitem(
1333 coreconfigitem(
1331 b'ui', b'patch', default=None,
1334 b'ui', b'patch', default=None,
1332 )
1335 )
1333 coreconfigitem(
1336 coreconfigitem(
1334 b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template', default=None,
1337 b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template', default=None,
1335 )
1338 )
1336 coreconfigitem(
1339 coreconfigitem(
1337 b'ui', b'portablefilenames', default=b'warn',
1340 b'ui', b'portablefilenames', default=b'warn',
1338 )
1341 )
1339 coreconfigitem(
1342 coreconfigitem(
1340 b'ui', b'promptecho', default=False,
1343 b'ui', b'promptecho', default=False,
1341 )
1344 )
1342 coreconfigitem(
1345 coreconfigitem(
1343 b'ui', b'quiet', default=False,
1346 b'ui', b'quiet', default=False,
1344 )
1347 )
1345 coreconfigitem(
1348 coreconfigitem(
1346 b'ui', b'quietbookmarkmove', default=False,
1349 b'ui', b'quietbookmarkmove', default=False,
1347 )
1350 )
1348 coreconfigitem(
1351 coreconfigitem(
1349 b'ui', b'relative-paths', default=b'legacy',
1352 b'ui', b'relative-paths', default=b'legacy',
1350 )
1353 )
1351 coreconfigitem(
1354 coreconfigitem(
1352 b'ui', b'remotecmd', default=b'hg',
1355 b'ui', b'remotecmd', default=b'hg',
1353 )
1356 )
1354 coreconfigitem(
1357 coreconfigitem(
1355 b'ui', b'report_untrusted', default=True,
1358 b'ui', b'report_untrusted', default=True,
1356 )
1359 )
1357 coreconfigitem(
1360 coreconfigitem(
1358 b'ui', b'rollback', default=True,
1361 b'ui', b'rollback', default=True,
1359 )
1362 )
1360 coreconfigitem(
1363 coreconfigitem(
1361 b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock', default=True,
1364 b'ui', b'signal-safe-lock', default=True,
1362 )
1365 )
1363 coreconfigitem(
1366 coreconfigitem(
1364 b'ui', b'slash', default=False,
1367 b'ui', b'slash', default=False,
1365 )
1368 )
1366 coreconfigitem(
1369 coreconfigitem(
1367 b'ui', b'ssh', default=b'ssh',
1370 b'ui', b'ssh', default=b'ssh',
1368 )
1371 )
1369 coreconfigitem(
1372 coreconfigitem(
1370 b'ui', b'ssherrorhint', default=None,
1373 b'ui', b'ssherrorhint', default=None,
1371 )
1374 )
1372 coreconfigitem(
1375 coreconfigitem(
1373 b'ui', b'statuscopies', default=False,
1376 b'ui', b'statuscopies', default=False,
1374 )
1377 )
1375 coreconfigitem(
1378 coreconfigitem(
1376 b'ui', b'strict', default=False,
1379 b'ui', b'strict', default=False,
1377 )
1380 )
1378 coreconfigitem(
1381 coreconfigitem(
1379 b'ui', b'style', default=b'',
1382 b'ui', b'style', default=b'',
1380 )
1383 )
1381 coreconfigitem(
1384 coreconfigitem(
1382 b'ui', b'supportcontact', default=None,
1385 b'ui', b'supportcontact', default=None,
1383 )
1386 )
1384 coreconfigitem(
1387 coreconfigitem(
1385 b'ui', b'textwidth', default=78,
1388 b'ui', b'textwidth', default=78,
1386 )
1389 )
1387 coreconfigitem(
1390 coreconfigitem(
1388 b'ui', b'timeout', default=b'600',
1391 b'ui', b'timeout', default=b'600',
1389 )
1392 )
1390 coreconfigitem(
1393 coreconfigitem(
1391 b'ui', b'timeout.warn', default=0,
1394 b'ui', b'timeout.warn', default=0,
1392 )
1395 )
1393 coreconfigitem(
1396 coreconfigitem(
1394 b'ui', b'timestamp-output', default=False,
1397 b'ui', b'timestamp-output', default=False,
1395 )
1398 )
1396 coreconfigitem(
1399 coreconfigitem(
1397 b'ui', b'traceback', default=False,
1400 b'ui', b'traceback', default=False,
1398 )
1401 )
1399 coreconfigitem(
1402 coreconfigitem(
1400 b'ui', b'tweakdefaults', default=False,
1403 b'ui', b'tweakdefaults', default=False,
1401 )
1404 )
1402 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
1405 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
1403 coreconfigitem(
1406 coreconfigitem(
1404 b'ui', b'verbose', default=False,
1407 b'ui', b'verbose', default=False,
1405 )
1408 )
1406 coreconfigitem(
1409 coreconfigitem(
1407 b'verify', b'skipflags', default=None,
1410 b'verify', b'skipflags', default=None,
1408 )
1411 )
1409 coreconfigitem(
1412 coreconfigitem(
1410 b'web', b'allowbz2', default=False,
1413 b'web', b'allowbz2', default=False,
1411 )
1414 )
1412 coreconfigitem(
1415 coreconfigitem(
1413 b'web', b'allowgz', default=False,
1416 b'web', b'allowgz', default=False,
1414 )
1417 )
1415 coreconfigitem(
1418 coreconfigitem(
1416 b'web', b'allow-pull', alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')], default=True,
1419 b'web', b'allow-pull', alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')], default=True,
1417 )
1420 )
1418 coreconfigitem(
1421 coreconfigitem(
1419 b'web', b'allow-push', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')], default=list,
1422 b'web', b'allow-push', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')], default=list,
1420 )
1423 )
1421 coreconfigitem(
1424 coreconfigitem(
1422 b'web', b'allowzip', default=False,
1425 b'web', b'allowzip', default=False,
1423 )
1426 )
1424 coreconfigitem(
1427 coreconfigitem(
1425 b'web', b'archivesubrepos', default=False,
1428 b'web', b'archivesubrepos', default=False,
1426 )
1429 )
1427 coreconfigitem(
1430 coreconfigitem(
1428 b'web', b'cache', default=True,
1431 b'web', b'cache', default=True,
1429 )
1432 )
1430 coreconfigitem(
1433 coreconfigitem(
1431 b'web', b'comparisoncontext', default=5,
1434 b'web', b'comparisoncontext', default=5,
1432 )
1435 )
1433 coreconfigitem(
1436 coreconfigitem(
1434 b'web', b'contact', default=None,
1437 b'web', b'contact', default=None,
1435 )
1438 )
1436 coreconfigitem(
1439 coreconfigitem(
1437 b'web', b'deny_push', default=list,
1440 b'web', b'deny_push', default=list,
1438 )
1441 )
1439 coreconfigitem(
1442 coreconfigitem(
1440 b'web', b'guessmime', default=False,
1443 b'web', b'guessmime', default=False,
1441 )
1444 )
1442 coreconfigitem(
1445 coreconfigitem(
1443 b'web', b'hidden', default=False,
1446 b'web', b'hidden', default=False,
1444 )
1447 )
1445 coreconfigitem(
1448 coreconfigitem(
1446 b'web', b'labels', default=list,
1449 b'web', b'labels', default=list,
1447 )
1450 )
1448 coreconfigitem(
1451 coreconfigitem(
1449 b'web', b'logoimg', default=b'hglogo.png',
1452 b'web', b'logoimg', default=b'hglogo.png',
1450 )
1453 )
1451 coreconfigitem(
1454 coreconfigitem(
1452 b'web', b'logourl', default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1455 b'web', b'logourl', default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1453 )
1456 )
1454 coreconfigitem(
1457 coreconfigitem(
1455 b'web', b'accesslog', default=b'-',
1458 b'web', b'accesslog', default=b'-',
1456 )
1459 )
1457 coreconfigitem(
1460 coreconfigitem(
1458 b'web', b'address', default=b'',
1461 b'web', b'address', default=b'',
1459 )
1462 )
1460 coreconfigitem(
1463 coreconfigitem(
1461 b'web', b'allow-archive', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')], default=list,
1464 b'web', b'allow-archive', alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')], default=list,
1462 )
1465 )
1463 coreconfigitem(
1466 coreconfigitem(
1464 b'web', b'allow_read', default=list,
1467 b'web', b'allow_read', default=list,
1465 )
1468 )
1466 coreconfigitem(
1469 coreconfigitem(
1467 b'web', b'baseurl', default=None,
1470 b'web', b'baseurl', default=None,
1468 )
1471 )
1469 coreconfigitem(
1472 coreconfigitem(
1470 b'web', b'cacerts', default=None,
1473 b'web', b'cacerts', default=None,
1471 )
1474 )
1472 coreconfigitem(
1475 coreconfigitem(
1473 b'web', b'certificate', default=None,
1476 b'web', b'certificate', default=None,
1474 )
1477 )
1475 coreconfigitem(
1478 coreconfigitem(
1476 b'web', b'collapse', default=False,
1479 b'web', b'collapse', default=False,
1477 )
1480 )
1478 coreconfigitem(
1481 coreconfigitem(
1479 b'web', b'csp', default=None,
1482 b'web', b'csp', default=None,
1480 )
1483 )
1481 coreconfigitem(
1484 coreconfigitem(
1482 b'web', b'deny_read', default=list,
1485 b'web', b'deny_read', default=list,
1483 )
1486 )
1484 coreconfigitem(
1487 coreconfigitem(
1485 b'web', b'descend', default=True,
1488 b'web', b'descend', default=True,
1486 )
1489 )
1487 coreconfigitem(
1490 coreconfigitem(
1488 b'web', b'description', default=b"",
1491 b'web', b'description', default=b"",
1489 )
1492 )
1490 coreconfigitem(
1493 coreconfigitem(
1491 b'web', b'encoding', default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1494 b'web', b'encoding', default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1492 )
1495 )
1493 coreconfigitem(
1496 coreconfigitem(
1494 b'web', b'errorlog', default=b'-',
1497 b'web', b'errorlog', default=b'-',
1495 )
1498 )
1496 coreconfigitem(
1499 coreconfigitem(
1497 b'web', b'ipv6', default=False,
1500 b'web', b'ipv6', default=False,
1498 )
1501 )
1499 coreconfigitem(
1502 coreconfigitem(
1500 b'web', b'maxchanges', default=10,
1503 b'web', b'maxchanges', default=10,
1501 )
1504 )
1502 coreconfigitem(
1505 coreconfigitem(
1503 b'web', b'maxfiles', default=10,
1506 b'web', b'maxfiles', default=10,
1504 )
1507 )
1505 coreconfigitem(
1508 coreconfigitem(
1506 b'web', b'maxshortchanges', default=60,
1509 b'web', b'maxshortchanges', default=60,
1507 )
1510 )
1508 coreconfigitem(
1511 coreconfigitem(
1509 b'web', b'motd', default=b'',
1512 b'web', b'motd', default=b'',
1510 )
1513 )
1511 coreconfigitem(
1514 coreconfigitem(
1512 b'web', b'name', default=dynamicdefault,
1515 b'web', b'name', default=dynamicdefault,
1513 )
1516 )
1514 coreconfigitem(
1517 coreconfigitem(
1515 b'web', b'port', default=8000,
1518 b'web', b'port', default=8000,
1516 )
1519 )
1517 coreconfigitem(
1520 coreconfigitem(
1518 b'web', b'prefix', default=b'',
1521 b'web', b'prefix', default=b'',
1519 )
1522 )
1520 coreconfigitem(
1523 coreconfigitem(
1521 b'web', b'push_ssl', default=True,
1524 b'web', b'push_ssl', default=True,
1522 )
1525 )
1523 coreconfigitem(
1526 coreconfigitem(
1524 b'web', b'refreshinterval', default=20,
1527 b'web', b'refreshinterval', default=20,
1525 )
1528 )
1526 coreconfigitem(
1529 coreconfigitem(
1527 b'web', b'server-header', default=None,
1530 b'web', b'server-header', default=None,
1528 )
1531 )
1529 coreconfigitem(
1532 coreconfigitem(
1530 b'web', b'static', default=None,
1533 b'web', b'static', default=None,
1531 )
1534 )
1532 coreconfigitem(
1535 coreconfigitem(
1533 b'web', b'staticurl', default=None,
1536 b'web', b'staticurl', default=None,
1534 )
1537 )
1535 coreconfigitem(
1538 coreconfigitem(
1536 b'web', b'stripes', default=1,
1539 b'web', b'stripes', default=1,
1537 )
1540 )
1538 coreconfigitem(
1541 coreconfigitem(
1539 b'web', b'style', default=b'paper',
1542 b'web', b'style', default=b'paper',
1540 )
1543 )
1541 coreconfigitem(
1544 coreconfigitem(
1542 b'web', b'templates', default=None,
1545 b'web', b'templates', default=None,
1543 )
1546 )
1544 coreconfigitem(
1547 coreconfigitem(
1545 b'web', b'view', default=b'served', experimental=True,
1548 b'web', b'view', default=b'served', experimental=True,
1546 )
1549 )
1547 coreconfigitem(
1550 coreconfigitem(
1548 b'worker', b'backgroundclose', default=dynamicdefault,
1551 b'worker', b'backgroundclose', default=dynamicdefault,
1549 )
1552 )
1550 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1553 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1551 # should give us enough headway.
1554 # should give us enough headway.
1552 coreconfigitem(
1555 coreconfigitem(
1553 b'worker', b'backgroundclosemaxqueue', default=384,
1556 b'worker', b'backgroundclosemaxqueue', default=384,
1554 )
1557 )
1555 coreconfigitem(
1558 coreconfigitem(
1556 b'worker', b'backgroundcloseminfilecount', default=2048,
1559 b'worker', b'backgroundcloseminfilecount', default=2048,
1557 )
1560 )
1558 coreconfigitem(
1561 coreconfigitem(
1559 b'worker', b'backgroundclosethreadcount', default=4,
1562 b'worker', b'backgroundclosethreadcount', default=4,
1560 )
1563 )
1561 coreconfigitem(
1564 coreconfigitem(
1562 b'worker', b'enabled', default=True,
1565 b'worker', b'enabled', default=True,
1563 )
1566 )
1564 coreconfigitem(
1567 coreconfigitem(
1565 b'worker', b'numcpus', default=None,
1568 b'worker', b'numcpus', default=None,
1566 )
1569 )
1567
1570
1568 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1571 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1569 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1572 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1570 # without formally loading it.
1573 # without formally loading it.
1571 coreconfigitem(
1574 coreconfigitem(
1572 b'commands', b'rebase.requiredest', default=False,
1575 b'commands', b'rebase.requiredest', default=False,
1573 )
1576 )
1574 coreconfigitem(
1577 coreconfigitem(
1575 b'experimental', b'rebaseskipobsolete', default=True,
1578 b'experimental', b'rebaseskipobsolete', default=True,
1576 )
1579 )
1577 coreconfigitem(
1580 coreconfigitem(
1578 b'rebase', b'singletransaction', default=False,
1581 b'rebase', b'singletransaction', default=False,
1579 )
1582 )
1580 coreconfigitem(
1583 coreconfigitem(
1581 b'rebase', b'experimental.inmemory', default=False,
1584 b'rebase', b'experimental.inmemory', default=False,
1582 )
1585 )
@@ -1,2898 +1,2906 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
64 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
65
65
66 .. container:: verbose.windows
66 .. container:: verbose.windows
67
67
68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69
69
70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
78 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
78 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
79 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
79 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
81 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
81 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
82
82
83 .. note::
83 .. note::
84
84
85 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
85 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
86 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
86 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
87
87
88 .. container:: verbose.plan9
88 .. container:: verbose.plan9
89
89
90 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
90 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
91
91
92 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
92 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
93 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
93 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
94 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
94 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
96 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
96 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
98 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
98 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
99
99
100 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
100 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
101 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
101 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
102 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
102 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
103 this file override options in all other configuration files.
103 this file override options in all other configuration files.
104
104
105 .. container:: unix.plan9
105 .. container:: unix.plan9
106
106
107 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
107 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
108 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
108 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
109 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
109 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
110
110
111 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
111 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
112 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
112 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
113 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
113 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
114 options.
114 options.
115
115
116 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
116 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
117 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
117 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
118 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
118 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
119
119
120 .. container:: unix.plan9
120 .. container:: unix.plan9
121
121
122 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
122 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
123 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
123 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
124 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
124 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
125 directory.
125 directory.
126
126
127 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
127 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
128 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
128 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
129 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
129 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
130 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
130 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
131 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
131 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
132 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
132 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
133 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
133 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
134
134
135 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
135 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
136 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
136 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
137 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
137 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
138 override per-installation options.
138 override per-installation options.
139
139
140 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
140 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
141 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
141 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
142 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
142 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
143 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
143 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
144 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
144 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
145 there.
145 there.
146
146
147 Syntax
147 Syntax
148 ======
148 ======
149
149
150 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
150 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
151 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
151 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
152 ``configuration keys``)::
152 ``configuration keys``)::
153
153
154 [spam]
154 [spam]
155 eggs=ham
155 eggs=ham
156 green=
156 green=
157 eggs
157 eggs
158
158
159 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
159 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
160 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
160 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
161 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
161 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
162 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
162 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
163
163
164 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
164 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
165 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
165 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
166
166
167 [spam]
167 [spam]
168 eggs=large
168 eggs=large
169 ham=serrano
169 ham=serrano
170 eggs=small
170 eggs=small
171
171
172 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
172 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
173
173
174 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
174 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
175 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
175 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
176 example::
176 example::
177
177
178 [foo]
178 [foo]
179 eggs=large
179 eggs=large
180 ham=serrano
180 ham=serrano
181 eggs=small
181 eggs=small
182
182
183 [bar]
183 [bar]
184 eggs=ham
184 eggs=ham
185 green=
185 green=
186 eggs
186 eggs
187
187
188 [foo]
188 [foo]
189 ham=prosciutto
189 ham=prosciutto
190 eggs=medium
190 eggs=medium
191 bread=toasted
191 bread=toasted
192
192
193 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
193 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
194 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
194 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
195 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
195 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
196 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
196 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
197
197
198 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
198 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
199 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
199 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
200 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
200 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
201 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
201 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
202 above.
202 above.
203
203
204 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
204 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
205 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
205 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
206 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
206 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
207 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
207 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
208 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
208 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
209 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
209 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
210
210
211 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
211 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
212
212
213 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
213 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
214
214
215 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
215 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
216 section, if it has been set previously.
216 section, if it has been set previously.
217
217
218 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
218 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
219 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
219 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
220 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
220 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
221 (all case insensitive).
221 (all case insensitive).
222
222
223 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
223 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
224 placed in double quotation marks::
224 placed in double quotation marks::
225
225
226 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
226 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
227
227
228 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
228 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
229 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
229 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
230 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
230 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
231
231
232 Sections
232 Sections
233 ========
233 ========
234
234
235 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
235 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
236 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
236 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
237 keys, and their possible values.
237 keys, and their possible values.
238
238
239 ``alias``
239 ``alias``
240 ---------
240 ---------
241
241
242 Defines command aliases.
242 Defines command aliases.
243
243
244 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
244 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
245 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
245 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
246 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
246 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
247 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
247 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
248 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
248 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
249 command to be executed.
249 command to be executed.
250
250
251 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
251 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
252
252
253 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
253 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
254
254
255 For example, this definition::
255 For example, this definition::
256
256
257 latest = log --limit 5
257 latest = log --limit 5
258
258
259 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
259 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
260 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
260 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
261
261
262 stable5 = latest -b stable
262 stable5 = latest -b stable
263
263
264 .. note::
264 .. note::
265
265
266 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
266 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
267 existing commands, which will then override the original
267 existing commands, which will then override the original
268 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
268 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
269
269
270 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
270 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
271 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
271 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
272 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
272 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
273
273
274 echo = !echo $@
274 echo = !echo $@
275
275
276 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
276 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
277 terminal. A better example might be::
277 terminal. A better example might be::
278
278
279 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
279 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
280
280
281 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
281 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
282 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
282 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
283
283
284 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
284 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
285 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
285 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
286 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
286 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
287 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
287 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
288 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
288 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
289 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
289 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
290
290
291 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
291 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
292 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
292 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
293 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
293 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
294 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
294 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
295 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
295 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
296 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
296 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
297
297
298 .. note::
298 .. note::
299
299
300 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
300 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
301 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
301 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
302 aliases.
302 aliases.
303
303
304
304
305 ``annotate``
305 ``annotate``
306 ------------
306 ------------
307
307
308 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
308 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
309 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
309 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
310 related options for the diff command.
310 related options for the diff command.
311
311
312 ``ignorews``
312 ``ignorews``
313 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
313 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
314
314
315 ``ignorewseol``
315 ``ignorewseol``
316 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
316 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
317
317
318 ``ignorewsamount``
318 ``ignorewsamount``
319 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
319 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
320
320
321 ``ignoreblanklines``
321 ``ignoreblanklines``
322 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
322 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
323
323
324
324
325 ``auth``
325 ``auth``
326 --------
326 --------
327
327
328 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
328 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
329 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
329 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
330 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
330 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
331 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
331 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
332 your HTTP server.
332 your HTTP server.
333
333
334 The following options apply to all hosts.
334 The following options apply to all hosts.
335
335
336 ``cookiefile``
336 ``cookiefile``
337 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
337 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
338 host will be sent automatically.
338 host will be sent automatically.
339
339
340 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
340 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
341 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
341 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
342 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
342 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
343 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
343 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
344 format."
344 format."
345
345
346 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
346 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
347 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
347 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
348 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
348 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
349
349
350 The cookies file is read-only.
350 The cookies file is read-only.
351
351
352 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
352 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
353 format::
353 format::
354
354
355 <name>.<argument> = <value>
355 <name>.<argument> = <value>
356
356
357 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
357 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
358 entries. Example::
358 entries. Example::
359
359
360 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
360 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
361 foo.username = foo
361 foo.username = foo
362 foo.password = bar
362 foo.password = bar
363 foo.schemes = http https
363 foo.schemes = http https
364
364
365 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
365 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
366 bar.key = path/to/file.key
366 bar.key = path/to/file.key
367 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
367 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
368 bar.schemes = https
368 bar.schemes = https
369
369
370 Supported arguments:
370 Supported arguments:
371
371
372 ``prefix``
372 ``prefix``
373 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
373 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
374 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
374 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
375 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
375 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
376 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
376 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
377 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
377 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
378 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
378 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
379
379
380 ``username``
380 ``username``
381 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
381 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
382 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
382 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
383 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
383 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
384 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
384 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
385 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
385 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
386 username or without a username will be considered.
386 username or without a username will be considered.
387
387
388 ``password``
388 ``password``
389 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
389 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
390 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
390 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
391 will be prompted for it.
391 will be prompted for it.
392
392
393 ``key``
393 ``key``
394 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
394 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
395 variables are expanded in the filename.
395 variables are expanded in the filename.
396
396
397 ``cert``
397 ``cert``
398 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
398 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
399 variables are expanded in the filename.
399 variables are expanded in the filename.
400
400
401 ``schemes``
401 ``schemes``
402 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
402 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
403 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
403 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
404 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
404 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
405 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
405 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
406 (default: https)
406 (default: https)
407
407
408 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
408 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
409 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
409 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
410
410
411 ``cmdserver``
411 ``cmdserver``
412 -------------
412 -------------
413
413
414 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
414 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
415
415
416 ``message-encodings``
416 ``message-encodings``
417 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
417 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
418 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
418 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
419 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
419 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
420 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
420 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
421
421
422 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
422 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
423 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
423 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
424 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
424 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
425 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
425 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
426 process gracefully.
426 process gracefully.
427 (default: True)
427 (default: True)
428
428
429 ``color``
429 ``color``
430 ---------
430 ---------
431
431
432 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
432 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
433 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
433 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
434
434
435 ``mode``
435 ``mode``
436 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
436 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
437 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
437 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
438 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
438 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
439 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
439 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
440
440
441 ``pagermode``
441 ``pagermode``
442 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
442 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
443
443
444 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
444 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
445 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
445 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
446 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
446 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
447 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
447 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
448 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
448 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
449 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
449 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
450 codes).
450 codes).
451
451
452 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
452 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
453 a different color mode than the pager program.
453 a different color mode than the pager program.
454
454
455 ``commands``
455 ``commands``
456 ------------
456 ------------
457
457
458 ``commit.post-status``
458 ``commit.post-status``
459 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
459 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
460 (default: False)
460 (default: False)
461
461
462 ``merge.require-rev``
462 ``merge.require-rev``
463 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
463 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
464 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
464 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
465 command aborts.
465 command aborts.
466 (default: False)
466 (default: False)
467
467
468 ``push.require-revs``
468 ``push.require-revs``
469 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
469 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
470 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
470 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
471 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
471 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
472 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
472 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
473 command aborts.
473 command aborts.
474 (default: False)
474 (default: False)
475
475
476 ``resolve.confirm``
476 ``resolve.confirm``
477 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
477 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
478 (default: False)
478 (default: False)
479
479
480 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
480 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
481 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
481 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
482 instead of re-merging files by default.
482 instead of re-merging files by default.
483 (default: False)
483 (default: False)
484
484
485 ``resolve.mark-check``
485 ``resolve.mark-check``
486 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
486 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
487 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
487 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
488 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
488 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
489 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
489 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
490 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
490 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
491 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
491 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
492 shown (an error will not be raised).
492 shown (an error will not be raised).
493 (default: ``none``)
493 (default: ``none``)
494
494
495 ``status.relative``
495 ``status.relative``
496 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
496 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
497 (default: False)
497 (default: False)
498
498
499 ``status.terse``
499 ``status.terse``
500 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
500 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
501 (default: empty)
501 (default: empty)
502
502
503 ``update.check``
503 ``update.check``
504 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
504 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
505 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
505 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
506 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
506 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
507 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
507 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
508 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
508 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
509 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
509 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
510 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
510 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
511 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
511 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
512 are present.
512 are present.
513 (default: ``linear``)
513 (default: ``linear``)
514
514
515 ``update.requiredest``
515 ``update.requiredest``
516 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
516 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
517 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
517 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
518 will be disallowed.
518 will be disallowed.
519 (default: False)
519 (default: False)
520
520
521 ``committemplate``
521 ``committemplate``
522 ------------------
522 ------------------
523
523
524 ``changeset``
524 ``changeset``
525 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
525 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
526 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
526 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
527
527
528 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
528 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
529 below can be used for customization:
529 below can be used for customization:
530
530
531 ``extramsg``
531 ``extramsg``
532 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
532 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
533 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
533 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
534
534
535 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
535 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
536 one shown by default::
536 one shown by default::
537
537
538 [committemplate]
538 [committemplate]
539 changeset = {desc}\n\n
539 changeset = {desc}\n\n
540 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
540 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
541 HG: {extramsg}
541 HG: {extramsg}
542 HG: --
542 HG: --
543 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
543 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
544 "HG: branch merge\n")
544 "HG: branch merge\n")
545 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
545 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
546 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
546 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
547 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
547 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
548 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
548 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
549 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
549 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
550 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
550 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
551 "HG: no files changed\n")}
551 "HG: no files changed\n")}
552
552
553 ``diff()``
553 ``diff()``
554 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
554 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
555
555
556 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
556 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
557 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
557 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
558 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
558 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
559 it::
559 it::
560
560
561 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
561 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
562
562
563 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
563 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
564 extra message::
564 extra message::
565
565
566 [committemplate]
566 [committemplate]
567 changeset = {desc}\n\n
567 changeset = {desc}\n\n
568 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
568 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
569 HG: {extramsg}
569 HG: {extramsg}
570 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
570 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
571 HG: Do not touch the line above.
571 HG: Do not touch the line above.
572 HG: Everything below will be removed.
572 HG: Everything below will be removed.
573 {diff()}
573 {diff()}
574
574
575 .. note::
575 .. note::
576
576
577 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
577 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
578 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
578 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
579 avoid showing broken characters.
579 avoid showing broken characters.
580
580
581 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
581 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
582 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
582 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
583 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
583 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
584 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
584 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
585
585
586 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
586 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
587 required):
587 required):
588
588
589 - :hg:`backout`
589 - :hg:`backout`
590 - :hg:`commit`
590 - :hg:`commit`
591 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
591 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
592 - :hg:`graft`
592 - :hg:`graft`
593 - :hg:`histedit`
593 - :hg:`histedit`
594 - :hg:`import`
594 - :hg:`import`
595 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
595 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
596 - :hg:`rebase`
596 - :hg:`rebase`
597 - :hg:`shelve`
597 - :hg:`shelve`
598 - :hg:`sign`
598 - :hg:`sign`
599 - :hg:`tag`
599 - :hg:`tag`
600 - :hg:`transplant`
600 - :hg:`transplant`
601
601
602 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
602 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
603 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
603 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
604 messages for each action.
604 messages for each action.
605
605
606 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
606 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
607 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
607 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
608 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
608 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
609 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
609 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
610 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
610 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
611 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
611 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
612 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
612 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
613 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
613 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
614 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
614 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
615 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
615 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
616 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
616 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
617 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
617 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
618 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
618 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
619 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
619 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
620 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
620 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
621 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
621 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
622 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
622 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
623 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
623 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
624 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
624 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
625 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
625 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
626 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
626 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
627 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
627 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
628 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
628 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
629 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
629 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
630 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
630 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
631 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
631 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
632
632
633 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
633 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
634 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
634 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
635 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
635 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
636 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
636 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
637
637
638 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
638 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
639 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
639 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
640 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
640 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
641 variable.
641 variable.
642
642
643 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
643 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
644 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
644 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
645 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
645 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
646
646
647 [committemplate]
647 [committemplate]
648 listupfiles = {file_adds %
648 listupfiles = {file_adds %
649 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
649 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
650 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
650 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
651 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
651 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
652 "HG: no files changed\n")}
652 "HG: no files changed\n")}
653
653
654 ``decode/encode``
654 ``decode/encode``
655 -----------------
655 -----------------
656
656
657 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
657 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
658 typically be used for newline processing or other
658 typically be used for newline processing or other
659 localization/canonicalization of files.
659 localization/canonicalization of files.
660
660
661 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
661 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
662 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
662 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
663 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
663 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
664 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
664 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
665 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
665 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
666 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
666 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
667
667
668 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
668 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
669 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
669 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
670
670
671 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
671 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
672 data on stdout.
672 data on stdout.
673
673
674 Pipe example::
674 Pipe example::
675
675
676 [encode]
676 [encode]
677 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
677 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
678 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
678 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
679 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
679 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
680
680
681 [decode]
681 [decode]
682 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
682 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
683 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
683 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
684 *.gz = gzip
684 *.gz = gzip
685
685
686 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
686 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
687 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
687 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
688 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
688 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
689 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
689 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
690 the command.
690 the command.
691
691
692 .. container:: windows
692 .. container:: windows
693
693
694 .. note::
694 .. note::
695
695
696 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
696 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
697 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
697 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
698 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
698 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
699
699
700 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
700 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
701 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
701 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
702 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
702 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
703
703
704
704
705 ``defaults``
705 ``defaults``
706 ------------
706 ------------
707
707
708 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
708 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
709
709
710 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
710 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
711 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
711 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
712
712
713 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
713 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
714 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
714 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
715
715
716 [defaults]
716 [defaults]
717 log = -v
717 log = -v
718 status = -m
718 status = -m
719
719
720 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
720 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
721 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
721 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
722 to the aliases of the commands defined.
722 to the aliases of the commands defined.
723
723
724
724
725 ``diff``
725 ``diff``
726 --------
726 --------
727
727
728 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
728 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
729 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
729 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
730 for related options for the annotate command.
730 for related options for the annotate command.
731
731
732 ``git``
732 ``git``
733 Use git extended diff format.
733 Use git extended diff format.
734
734
735 ``nobinary``
735 ``nobinary``
736 Omit git binary patches.
736 Omit git binary patches.
737
737
738 ``nodates``
738 ``nodates``
739 Don't include dates in diff headers.
739 Don't include dates in diff headers.
740
740
741 ``noprefix``
741 ``noprefix``
742 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
742 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
743
743
744 ``showfunc``
744 ``showfunc``
745 Show which function each change is in.
745 Show which function each change is in.
746
746
747 ``ignorews``
747 ``ignorews``
748 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
748 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
749
749
750 ``ignorewsamount``
750 ``ignorewsamount``
751 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
751 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
752
752
753 ``ignoreblanklines``
753 ``ignoreblanklines``
754 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
754 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
755
755
756 ``unified``
756 ``unified``
757 Number of lines of context to show.
757 Number of lines of context to show.
758
758
759 ``word-diff``
759 ``word-diff``
760 Highlight changed words.
760 Highlight changed words.
761
761
762 ``email``
762 ``email``
763 ---------
763 ---------
764
764
765 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
765 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
766
766
767 ``from``
767 ``from``
768 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
768 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
769 of outgoing messages.
769 of outgoing messages.
770
770
771 ``to``
771 ``to``
772 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
772 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
773
773
774 ``cc``
774 ``cc``
775 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
775 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
776 email addresses.
776 email addresses.
777
777
778 ``bcc``
778 ``bcc``
779 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
779 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
780 email addresses.
780 email addresses.
781
781
782 ``method``
782 ``method``
783 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
783 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
784 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
784 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
785 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
785 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
786 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
786 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
787 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
787 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
788 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
788 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
789
789
790 ``charsets``
790 ``charsets``
791 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
791 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
792 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
792 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
793 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
793 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
794 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
794 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
795 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
795 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
796 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
796 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
797 (default: '')
797 (default: '')
798
798
799 Order of outgoing email character sets:
799 Order of outgoing email character sets:
800
800
801 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
801 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
802 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
802 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
803 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
803 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
804 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
804 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
805 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
805 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
806
806
807 Email example::
807 Email example::
808
808
809 [email]
809 [email]
810 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
810 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
811 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
811 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
812 # charsets for western Europeans
812 # charsets for western Europeans
813 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
813 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
814 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
814 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
815
815
816
816
817 ``extensions``
817 ``extensions``
818 --------------
818 --------------
819
819
820 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
820 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
821 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
821 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
822
822
823 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
823 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
824 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
824 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
825 after the ``=``.
825 after the ``=``.
826
826
827 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
827 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
828 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
828 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
829 defines the extension.
829 defines the extension.
830
830
831 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
831 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
832 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
832 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
833 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
833 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
834
834
835 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
835 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
836
836
837 [extensions]
837 [extensions]
838 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
838 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
839 churn =
839 churn =
840 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
840 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
841 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
841 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
842
842
843
843
844 ``format``
844 ``format``
845 ----------
845 ----------
846
846
847 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
847 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
848 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
848 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
849 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
849 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
850 for config changes to be taken into account.
850 for config changes to be taken into account.
851
851
852 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
852 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
853 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
853 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
854
854
855 ``usegeneraldelta``
855 ``usegeneraldelta``
856 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
856 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
857 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
857 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
858 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
858 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
859 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
859 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
860
860
861 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
861 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
862
862
863 Enabled by default.
863 Enabled by default.
864
864
865 ``dotencode``
865 ``dotencode``
866 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
866 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
867 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
867 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
868 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
868 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
869 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
869 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
870
870
871 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
871 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
872
872
873 Enabled by default.
873 Enabled by default.
874
874
875 ``usefncache``
875 ``usefncache``
876 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
876 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
877 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
877 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
878 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
878 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
879 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
879 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
880
880
881 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
881 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
882
882
883 Enabled by default.
883 Enabled by default.
884
884
885 ``usestore``
885 ``usestore``
886 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
886 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
887 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
887 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
888 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
888 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
889 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
889 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
890
890
891 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
891 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
892
892
893 Enabled by default.
893 Enabled by default.
894
894
895 ``sparse-revlog``
895 ``sparse-revlog``
896 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
896 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
897 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
897 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
898 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
898 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
899 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
899 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
900
900
901 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
901 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
902
902
903 Enabled by default.
903 Enabled by default.
904
904
905 ``revlog-compression``
905 ``revlog-compression``
906 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
906 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
907 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
907 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
908 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
908 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
909 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
909 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
910 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
910 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
911
911
912 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
912 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
913
913
914 Default is `zlib`.
914 Default is `zlib`.
915
915
916 ``bookmarks-in-store``
916 ``bookmarks-in-store``
917 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
917 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
918 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
918 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
919
919
920 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
920 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
921
921
922 Disabled by default.
922 Disabled by default.
923
923
924
924
925 ``graph``
925 ``graph``
926 ---------
926 ---------
927
927
928 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
928 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
929 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
929 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
930 ``default`` branch stand out.
930 ``default`` branch stand out.
931
931
932 Each line has the following format::
932 Each line has the following format::
933
933
934 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
934 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
935
935
936 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
936 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
937 customized. Example::
937 customized. Example::
938
938
939 [graph]
939 [graph]
940 # 2px width
940 # 2px width
941 default.width = 2
941 default.width = 2
942 # red color
942 # red color
943 default.color = FF0000
943 default.color = FF0000
944
944
945 Supported arguments:
945 Supported arguments:
946
946
947 ``width``
947 ``width``
948 Set branch edges width in pixels.
948 Set branch edges width in pixels.
949
949
950 ``color``
950 ``color``
951 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
951 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
952
952
953 ``hooks``
953 ``hooks``
954 ---------
954 ---------
955
955
956 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
956 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
957 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
957 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
958 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
958 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
959 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
959 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
960 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
960 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
961 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
961 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
962 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
962 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
963
963
964 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
964 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
965
965
966 [hooks]
966 [hooks]
967 # update working directory after adding changesets
967 # update working directory after adding changesets
968 changegroup.update = hg update
968 changegroup.update = hg update
969 # do not use the site-wide hook
969 # do not use the site-wide hook
970 incoming =
970 incoming =
971 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
971 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
972 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
972 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
973 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
973 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
974 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
974 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
975
975
976 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
976 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
977 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
977 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
978 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
978 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
979 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
979 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
980 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
980 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
981 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
981 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
982 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
982 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
983
983
984 .. container:: windows
984 .. container:: windows
985
985
986 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
986 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
987 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
987 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
988 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
988 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
989 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
989 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
990 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
990 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
991 double quotes after processing.
991 double quotes after processing.
992
992
993 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
993 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
994 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
994 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
995
995
996 [hooks]
996 [hooks]
997 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
997 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
998 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
998 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
999 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
999 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1000
1000
1001 ``changegroup``
1001 ``changegroup``
1002 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1002 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1003 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1003 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1004 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1004 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1005
1005
1006 ``commit``
1006 ``commit``
1007 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1007 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1008 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1008 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1009 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1009 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1010
1010
1011 ``incoming``
1011 ``incoming``
1012 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1012 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1013 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1013 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1014 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1014 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1015
1015
1016 ``outgoing``
1016 ``outgoing``
1017 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1017 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1018 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1018 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1019 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1019 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1020
1020
1021 ``post-<command>``
1021 ``post-<command>``
1022 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1022 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1023 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1023 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1024 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1024 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1025 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1025 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1026 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1026 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1027 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1027 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1028 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1028 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1029
1029
1030 ``fail-<command>``
1030 ``fail-<command>``
1031 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1031 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1032 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1032 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1033 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1033 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1034 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1034 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1035 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1035 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1036 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1036 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1037 Hook failure is ignored.
1037 Hook failure is ignored.
1038
1038
1039 ``pre-<command>``
1039 ``pre-<command>``
1040 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1040 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1041 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1041 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1042 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1042 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1043 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1043 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1044 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1044 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1045 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1045 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1046 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1046 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1047 code.
1047 code.
1048
1048
1049 ``prechangegroup``
1049 ``prechangegroup``
1050 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1050 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1051 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1051 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1052 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1052 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1053 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1053 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1054
1054
1055 ``precommit``
1055 ``precommit``
1056 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1056 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1057 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1057 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1058 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1058 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1059
1059
1060 ``prelistkeys``
1060 ``prelistkeys``
1061 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1061 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1062 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1062 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1063 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1063 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1064
1064
1065 ``preoutgoing``
1065 ``preoutgoing``
1066 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1066 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1067 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1067 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1068 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1068 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1069 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1069 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1070 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1070 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1071 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1071 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1072 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1072 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1073 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1073 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1074
1074
1075 ``prepushkey``
1075 ``prepushkey``
1076 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1076 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1077 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1077 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1078 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1078 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1079 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1079 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1080 ``$HG_NEW``.
1080 ``$HG_NEW``.
1081
1081
1082 ``pretag``
1082 ``pretag``
1083 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1083 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1084 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1084 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1085 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1085 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1086 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1086 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1087
1087
1088 ``pretxnopen``
1088 ``pretxnopen``
1089 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1089 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1090 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1090 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1091 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1091 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1092 transaction from being opened.
1092 transaction from being opened.
1093
1093
1094 ``pretxnclose``
1094 ``pretxnclose``
1095 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1095 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1096 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1096 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1097 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1097 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1098 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1098 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1099 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1099 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1100 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1100 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1101 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1101 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1102 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1102 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1103 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1103 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1104 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1104 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1105 respectively, etc.
1105 respectively, etc.
1106
1106
1107 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1107 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1108 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1108 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1109 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1109 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1110 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1110 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1111 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1111 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1112 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1112 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1113 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1113 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1114 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1114 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1115 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1115 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1116 will be empty.
1116 will be empty.
1117 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1117 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1118 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1118 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1119 ``HG_TXNID``.
1119 ``HG_TXNID``.
1120
1120
1121 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1121 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1122 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1122 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1123 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1123 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1124 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1124 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1125 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1125 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1126 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1126 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1127 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1127 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1128 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1128 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1129 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1129 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1130 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1130 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1131 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1131 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1132 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1132 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1133
1133
1134 ``txnclose``
1134 ``txnclose``
1135 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1135 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1136 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1136 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1137 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1137 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1138 details about available variables.
1138 details about available variables.
1139
1139
1140 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1140 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1141 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1141 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1142 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1142 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1143 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1143 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1144 about available variables.
1144 about available variables.
1145
1145
1146 ``txnclose-phase``
1146 ``txnclose-phase``
1147 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1147 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1148 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1148 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1149 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1149 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1150 available variables.
1150 available variables.
1151
1151
1152 ``txnabort``
1152 ``txnabort``
1153 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1153 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1154 for details about available variables.
1154 for details about available variables.
1155
1155
1156 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1156 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1157 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1157 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1158 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1158 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1159 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1159 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1160 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1160 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1161 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1161 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1162 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1162 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1163 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1163 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1164
1164
1165 ``pretxncommit``
1165 ``pretxncommit``
1166 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1166 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1167 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1167 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1168 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1168 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1169 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1169 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1170 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1170 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1171 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1171 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1172
1172
1173 ``preupdate``
1173 ``preupdate``
1174 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1174 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1175 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1175 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1176 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1176 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1177 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1177 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1178
1178
1179 ``listkeys``
1179 ``listkeys``
1180 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1180 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1181 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1181 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1182 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1182 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1183
1183
1184 ``pushkey``
1184 ``pushkey``
1185 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1185 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1186 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1186 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1187 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1187 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1188 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1188 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1189
1189
1190 ``tag``
1190 ``tag``
1191 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1191 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1192 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1192 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1193 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1193 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1194
1194
1195 ``update``
1195 ``update``
1196 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1196 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1197 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1197 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1198 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1198 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1199 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1199 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1200
1200
1201 .. note::
1201 .. note::
1202
1202
1203 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1203 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1204 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1204 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1205 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1205 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1206 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1206 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1207 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1207 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1208
1208
1209 .. note::
1209 .. note::
1210
1210
1211 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1211 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1212 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1212 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1213 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1213 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1214 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1214 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1215
1215
1216 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1216 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1217
1217
1218 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1218 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1219 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1219 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1220
1220
1221 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1221 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1222 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1222 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1223 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1223 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1224 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1224 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1225 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1225 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1226 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1226 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1227
1227
1228 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1228 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1229 is treated as a failure.
1229 is treated as a failure.
1230
1230
1231
1231
1232 ``hostfingerprints``
1232 ``hostfingerprints``
1233 --------------------
1233 --------------------
1234
1234
1235 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1235 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1236
1236
1237 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1237 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1238
1238
1239 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1239 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1240 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1240 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1241 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1241 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1242
1242
1243 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1243 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1244 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1244 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1245 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1245 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1246 to a new certificate.
1246 to a new certificate.
1247
1247
1248 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1248 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1249
1249
1250 For example::
1250 For example::
1251
1251
1252 [hostfingerprints]
1252 [hostfingerprints]
1253 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1253 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1254 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1254 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1255
1255
1256 ``hostsecurity``
1256 ``hostsecurity``
1257 ----------------
1257 ----------------
1258
1258
1259 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1259 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1260 other machines.
1260 other machines.
1261
1261
1262 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1262 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1263
1263
1264 ``ciphers``
1264 ``ciphers``
1265 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1265 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1266
1266
1267 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1267 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1268 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1268 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1269
1269
1270 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1270 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1271 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1271 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1272 You have been warned.
1272 You have been warned.
1273
1273
1274 This option requires Python 2.7.
1274 This option requires Python 2.7.
1275
1275
1276 ``minimumprotocol``
1276 ``minimumprotocol``
1277 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1277 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1278
1278
1279 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1279 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1280 is used.
1280 is used.
1281
1281
1282 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1282 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1283
1283
1284 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1284 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1285 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1285 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1286
1286
1287 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1287 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1288 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1288 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1289 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1289 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1290 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1290 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1291
1291
1292 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1292 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1293 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1293 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1294 per-host basis.
1294 per-host basis.
1295
1295
1296 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1296 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1297
1297
1298 ``ciphers``
1298 ``ciphers``
1299 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1299 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1300 to the host on which it is defined.
1300 to the host on which it is defined.
1301
1301
1302 ``fingerprints``
1302 ``fingerprints``
1303 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1303 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1304 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1304 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1305 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1305 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1306 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1306 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1307
1307
1308 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1308 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1309 ``sha512``.
1309 ``sha512``.
1310
1310
1311 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1311 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1312
1312
1313 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1313 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1314 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1314 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1315 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1315 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1316 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1316 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1317 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1317 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1318 at the expense of convenience.
1318 at the expense of convenience.
1319
1319
1320 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1320 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1321
1321
1322 ``minimumprotocol``
1322 ``minimumprotocol``
1323 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1323 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1324 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1324 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1325
1325
1326 ``verifycertsfile``
1326 ``verifycertsfile``
1327 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1327 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1328 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1328 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1329 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1329 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1330
1330
1331 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1331 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1332 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1332 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1333 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1333 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1334
1334
1335 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1335 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1336 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1336 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1337 used.
1337 used.
1338
1338
1339 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1339 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1340 is set.
1340 is set.
1341
1341
1342 The format of the file is as follows::
1342 The format of the file is as follows::
1343
1343
1344 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1344 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1345 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1345 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1346 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1346 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1347 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1347 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1348 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1348 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1349 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1349 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1350
1350
1351 For example::
1351 For example::
1352
1352
1353 [hostsecurity]
1353 [hostsecurity]
1354 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1354 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1355 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1355 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1356 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1356 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1357 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1357 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1358
1358
1359 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1359 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1360 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1360 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1361
1361
1362 [hostsecurity]
1362 [hostsecurity]
1363 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1363 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1364 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1364 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1365
1365
1366 ``http_proxy``
1366 ``http_proxy``
1367 --------------
1367 --------------
1368
1368
1369 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1369 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1370 proxy.
1370 proxy.
1371
1371
1372 ``host``
1372 ``host``
1373 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1373 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1374 "myproxy:8000".
1374 "myproxy:8000".
1375
1375
1376 ``no``
1376 ``no``
1377 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1377 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1378 the proxy.
1378 the proxy.
1379
1379
1380 ``passwd``
1380 ``passwd``
1381 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1381 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1382
1382
1383 ``user``
1383 ``user``
1384 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1384 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1385
1385
1386 ``always``
1386 ``always``
1387 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1387 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1388 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1388 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1389
1389
1390 ``http``
1390 ``http``
1391 ----------
1391 ----------
1392
1392
1393 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1393 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1394
1394
1395 ``timeout``
1395 ``timeout``
1396 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1396 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1397 (default: None)
1397 (default: None)
1398
1398
1399 ``merge``
1399 ``merge``
1400 ---------
1400 ---------
1401
1401
1402 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1402 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1403
1403
1404 ``checkignored``
1404 ``checkignored``
1405 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1405 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1406 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1406 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1407 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1407 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1408 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1408 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1409 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1409 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1410 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1410 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1411
1411
1412 ``checkunknown``
1412 ``checkunknown``
1413 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1413 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1414 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1414 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1415 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1415 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1416 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1416 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1417
1417
1418 ``on-failure``
1418 ``on-failure``
1419 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1419 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1420 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1420 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1421 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1421 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1422 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1422 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1423 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1423 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1424 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1424 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1425 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1425 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1426 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1426 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1427 (default: ``continue``)
1427 (default: ``continue``)
1428
1428
1429 ``strict-capability-check``
1429 ``strict-capability-check``
1430 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1430 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1431 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1431 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1432 (default: False)
1432 (default: False)
1433
1433
1434 ``merge-patterns``
1434 ``merge-patterns``
1435 ------------------
1435 ------------------
1436
1436
1437 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1437 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1438 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1438 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1439 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1439 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1440 root.
1440 root.
1441
1441
1442 Example::
1442 Example::
1443
1443
1444 [merge-patterns]
1444 [merge-patterns]
1445 **.c = kdiff3
1445 **.c = kdiff3
1446 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1446 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1447
1447
1448 ``merge-tools``
1448 ``merge-tools``
1449 ---------------
1449 ---------------
1450
1450
1451 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1451 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1452 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1452 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1453 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1453 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1454 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1454 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1455
1455
1456 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1456 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1457
1457
1458 [merge-tools]
1458 [merge-tools]
1459 # Override stock tool location
1459 # Override stock tool location
1460 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1460 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1461 # Specify command line
1461 # Specify command line
1462 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1462 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1463 # Give higher priority
1463 # Give higher priority
1464 kdiff3.priority = 1
1464 kdiff3.priority = 1
1465
1465
1466 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1466 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1467 meld.priority = 0
1467 meld.priority = 0
1468
1468
1469 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1469 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1470 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1470 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1471
1471
1472 # Define new tool
1472 # Define new tool
1473 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1473 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1474 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1474 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1475 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1475 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1476
1476
1477 Supported arguments:
1477 Supported arguments:
1478
1478
1479 ``priority``
1479 ``priority``
1480 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1480 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1481 (default: 0)
1481 (default: 0)
1482
1482
1483 ``executable``
1483 ``executable``
1484 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1484 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1485
1485
1486 .. container:: windows
1486 .. container:: windows
1487
1487
1488 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1488 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1489 syntax.
1489 syntax.
1490
1490
1491 (default: the tool name)
1491 (default: the tool name)
1492
1492
1493 ``args``
1493 ``args``
1494 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1494 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1495 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1495 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1496 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1496 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1497
1497
1498 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1498 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1499 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1499 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1500 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1500 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1501 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1501 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1502 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1502 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1503
1503
1504 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1504 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1505 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1505 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1506 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1506 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1507 respectively.
1507 respectively.
1508 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1508 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1509
1509
1510 ``premerge``
1510 ``premerge``
1511 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1511 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1512 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1512 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1513 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1513 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1514 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1514 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1515 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1515 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1516 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1516 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1517 (default: True)
1517 (default: True)
1518
1518
1519 ``binary``
1519 ``binary``
1520 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1520 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1521 was selected by file pattern match)
1521 was selected by file pattern match)
1522
1522
1523 ``symlink``
1523 ``symlink``
1524 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1524 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1525
1525
1526 ``check``
1526 ``check``
1527 A list of merge success-checking options:
1527 A list of merge success-checking options:
1528
1528
1529 ``changed``
1529 ``changed``
1530 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1530 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1531 ``conflicts``
1531 ``conflicts``
1532 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1532 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1533 ``prompt``
1533 ``prompt``
1534 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1534 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1535
1535
1536 ``fixeol``
1536 ``fixeol``
1537 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1537 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1538 (default: False)
1538 (default: False)
1539
1539
1540 ``gui``
1540 ``gui``
1541 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1541 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1542
1542
1543 ``mergemarkers``
1543 ``mergemarkers``
1544 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1544 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1545 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1545 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1546 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1546 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1547 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1547 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1548 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1548 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1549 (default: ``basic``)
1549 (default: ``basic``)
1550
1550
1551 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1551 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1552 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
1552 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
1553 section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
1553 section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
1554 and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
1554 and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
1555 ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
1555 ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
1556 information.
1556 information.
1557
1557
1558 .. container:: windows
1558 .. container:: windows
1559
1559
1560 ``regkey``
1560 ``regkey``
1561 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1561 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1562 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1562 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1563 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1563 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1564 (default: None)
1564 (default: None)
1565
1565
1566 ``regkeyalt``
1566 ``regkeyalt``
1567 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1567 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1568 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1568 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1569 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1569 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1570 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1570 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1571 (default: None)
1571 (default: None)
1572
1572
1573 ``regname``
1573 ``regname``
1574 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1574 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1575 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1575 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1576
1576
1577 ``regappend``
1577 ``regappend``
1578 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1578 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1579 the executable name of the tool.
1579 the executable name of the tool.
1580 (default: None)
1580 (default: None)
1581
1581
1582 ``pager``
1582 ``pager``
1583 ---------
1583 ---------
1584
1584
1585 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1585 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1586 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1586 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1587
1587
1588 ``pager``
1588 ``pager``
1589 Define the external tool used as pager.
1589 Define the external tool used as pager.
1590
1590
1591 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1591 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1592 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1592 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1593 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1593 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1594
1594
1595 [pager]
1595 [pager]
1596 pager = less -FRX
1596 pager = less -FRX
1597
1597
1598 ``ignore``
1598 ``ignore``
1599 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1599 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1600
1600
1601 [pager]
1601 [pager]
1602 ignore = version, help, update
1602 ignore = version, help, update
1603
1603
1604 ``patch``
1604 ``patch``
1605 ---------
1605 ---------
1606
1606
1607 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1607 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1608 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1608 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1609
1609
1610 ``eol``
1610 ``eol``
1611 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1611 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1612 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1612 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1613 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1613 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1614 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1614 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1615 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1615 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1616 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1616 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1617 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1617 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1618 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1618 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1619 (default: strict)
1619 (default: strict)
1620
1620
1621 ``fuzz``
1621 ``fuzz``
1622 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1622 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1623 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1623 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1624 trying to apply a patch.
1624 trying to apply a patch.
1625 (default: 2)
1625 (default: 2)
1626
1626
1627 ``paths``
1627 ``paths``
1628 ---------
1628 ---------
1629
1629
1630 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1630 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1631
1631
1632 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1632 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1633 location of the repository. Example::
1633 location of the repository. Example::
1634
1634
1635 [paths]
1635 [paths]
1636 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1636 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1637 local_path = /home/me/repo
1637 local_path = /home/me/repo
1638
1638
1639 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1639 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1640 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1640 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1641 :hg:`push local_path`.
1641 :hg:`push local_path`.
1642
1642
1643 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1643 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1644 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1644 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1645
1645
1646 [paths]
1646 [paths]
1647 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1647 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1648 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1648 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1649
1649
1650 The following sub-options can be defined:
1650 The following sub-options can be defined:
1651
1651
1652 ``pushurl``
1652 ``pushurl``
1653 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1653 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1654 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1654 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1655
1655
1656 ``pushrev``
1656 ``pushrev``
1657 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1657 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1658
1658
1659 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1659 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1660 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1660 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1661
1661
1662 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1662 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1663 revision by default.
1663 revision by default.
1664
1664
1665 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1665 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1666 pushed.
1666 pushed.
1667
1667
1668 The following special named paths exist:
1668 The following special named paths exist:
1669
1669
1670 ``default``
1670 ``default``
1671 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1671 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1672
1672
1673 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1673 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1674 repository was cloned from.
1674 repository was cloned from.
1675
1675
1676 ``default-push``
1676 ``default-push``
1677 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1677 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1678 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1678 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1679
1679
1680 ``phases``
1680 ``phases``
1681 ----------
1681 ----------
1682
1682
1683 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1683 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1684 information about working with phases.
1684 information about working with phases.
1685
1685
1686 ``publish``
1686 ``publish``
1687 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1687 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1688 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1688 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1689 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1689 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1690 (default: True)
1690 (default: True)
1691
1691
1692 ``new-commit``
1692 ``new-commit``
1693 Phase of newly-created commits.
1693 Phase of newly-created commits.
1694 (default: draft)
1694 (default: draft)
1695
1695
1696 ``checksubrepos``
1696 ``checksubrepos``
1697 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1697 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1698 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1698 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1699 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1699 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1700 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1700 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1701 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1701 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1702 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1702 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1703 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1703 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1704 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1704 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1705 (default: follow)
1705 (default: follow)
1706
1706
1707
1707
1708 ``profiling``
1708 ``profiling``
1709 -------------
1709 -------------
1710
1710
1711 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1711 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1712 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1712 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1713 profiler (named ``stat``).
1713 profiler (named ``stat``).
1714
1714
1715 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1715 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1716 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1716 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1717 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1717 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1718
1718
1719 ``enabled``
1719 ``enabled``
1720 Enable the profiler.
1720 Enable the profiler.
1721 (default: false)
1721 (default: false)
1722
1722
1723 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1723 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1724
1724
1725 ``type``
1725 ``type``
1726 The type of profiler to use.
1726 The type of profiler to use.
1727 (default: stat)
1727 (default: stat)
1728
1728
1729 ``ls``
1729 ``ls``
1730 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1730 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1731 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1731 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1732 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1732 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1733 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1733 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1734 ``stat``
1734 ``stat``
1735 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1735 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1736 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1736 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1737 seconds.
1737 seconds.
1738
1738
1739 ``format``
1739 ``format``
1740 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1740 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1741 (default: text)
1741 (default: text)
1742
1742
1743 ``text``
1743 ``text``
1744 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1744 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1745 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1745 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1746 not kept.
1746 not kept.
1747 ``kcachegrind``
1747 ``kcachegrind``
1748 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1748 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1749 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1749 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1750 kcachegrind.
1750 kcachegrind.
1751
1751
1752 ``statformat``
1752 ``statformat``
1753 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1753 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1754 (default: hotpath)
1754 (default: hotpath)
1755
1755
1756 ``hotpath``
1756 ``hotpath``
1757 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1757 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1758 most time was spent).
1758 most time was spent).
1759 ``bymethod``
1759 ``bymethod``
1760 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1760 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1761 ``byline``
1761 ``byline``
1762 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1762 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1763 ``json``
1763 ``json``
1764 Render profiling data as JSON.
1764 Render profiling data as JSON.
1765
1765
1766 ``frequency``
1766 ``frequency``
1767 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1767 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1768 (default: 1000)
1768 (default: 1000)
1769
1769
1770 ``output``
1770 ``output``
1771 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1771 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1772 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1772 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1773 stderr)
1773 stderr)
1774
1774
1775 ``sort``
1775 ``sort``
1776 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1776 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1777 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1777 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1778 ``inlinetime``.
1778 ``inlinetime``.
1779 (default: inlinetime)
1779 (default: inlinetime)
1780
1780
1781 ``time-track``
1781 ``time-track``
1782 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1782 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1783 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1783 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1784
1784
1785 ``limit``
1785 ``limit``
1786 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1786 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1787 (default: 30)
1787 (default: 30)
1788
1788
1789 ``nested``
1789 ``nested``
1790 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1790 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1791 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1791 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1792 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1792 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1793 (default: 0)
1793 (default: 0)
1794
1794
1795 ``showmin``
1795 ``showmin``
1796 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1796 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1797 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1797 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1798 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1798 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1799
1799
1800 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1800 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1801
1801
1802 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1802 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1803 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1803 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1804
1804
1805 The option is unused on other formats.
1805 The option is unused on other formats.
1806
1806
1807 ``showmax``
1807 ``showmax``
1808 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1808 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1809 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1809 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1810
1810
1811 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1811 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1812
1812
1813 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1813 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1814
1814
1815 The option is unused on other formats.
1815 The option is unused on other formats.
1816
1816
1817 ``showtime``
1817 ``showtime``
1818 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1818 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1819 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1819 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1820 (default: true)
1820 (default: true)
1821
1821
1822 ``progress``
1822 ``progress``
1823 ------------
1823 ------------
1824
1824
1825 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1825 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1826 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1826 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1827 have a definite end point.
1827 have a definite end point.
1828
1828
1829 ``debug``
1829 ``debug``
1830 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1830 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1831
1831
1832 ``delay``
1832 ``delay``
1833 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1833 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1834
1834
1835 ``changedelay``
1835 ``changedelay``
1836 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1836 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1837 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1837 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1838
1838
1839 ``estimateinterval``
1839 ``estimateinterval``
1840 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1840 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1841 calculation. (default: 60)
1841 calculation. (default: 60)
1842
1842
1843 ``refresh``
1843 ``refresh``
1844 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1844 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1845
1845
1846 ``format``
1846 ``format``
1847 Format of the progress bar.
1847 Format of the progress bar.
1848
1848
1849 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1849 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1850 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1850 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1851 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1851 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1852 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1852 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1853 first num characters.
1853 first num characters.
1854
1854
1855 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1855 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1856
1856
1857 ``width``
1857 ``width``
1858 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1858 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1859 term width) will be used).
1859 term width) will be used).
1860
1860
1861 ``clear-complete``
1861 ``clear-complete``
1862 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1862 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1863
1863
1864 ``disable``
1864 ``disable``
1865 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1865 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1866
1866
1867 ``assume-tty``
1867 ``assume-tty``
1868 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1868 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1869
1869
1870 ``rebase``
1870 ``rebase``
1871 ----------
1871 ----------
1872
1872
1873 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1873 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1874 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1874 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1875 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1875 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1876
1876
1877 ``revsetalias``
1877 ``revsetalias``
1878 ---------------
1878 ---------------
1879
1879
1880 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1880 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1881
1881
1882 ``rewrite``
1882 ``rewrite``
1883 -----------
1883 -----------
1884
1884
1885 ``backup-bundle``
1885 ``backup-bundle``
1886 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1886 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1887
1887
1888 ``update-timestamp``
1888 ``update-timestamp``
1889 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1889 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1890 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1890 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1891 current version.
1891 current version.
1892
1892
1893 ``empty-successor``
1894
1895 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1896 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1897 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1898
1899 Currently, no command considers this configuration. (EXPERIMENTAL)
1900
1893 ``storage``
1901 ``storage``
1894 -----------
1902 -----------
1895
1903
1896 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1904 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1897 category impact performance and repository size.
1905 category impact performance and repository size.
1898
1906
1899 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1907 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1900 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1908 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1901 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1909 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1902 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1910 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1903
1911
1904 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1912 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1905 repository with many merges.
1913 repository with many merges.
1906
1914
1907 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1915 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1908 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1916 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1909 revisions from an external source.
1917 revisions from an external source.
1910 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1918 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1911
1919
1912 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1920 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1913 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1921 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1914 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1922 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1915 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1923 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1916 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1924 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1917 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1925 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1918 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1926 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1919 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1927 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1920
1928
1921 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1929 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1922 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1930 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1923 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1931 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1924
1932
1925 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1933 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1926 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1934 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1927 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1935 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1928
1936
1929 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1937 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1930 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1938 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1931 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1939 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1932
1940
1933 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1941 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1934 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1942 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1935 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1943 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1936 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1944 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1937 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
1945 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
1938 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
1946 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
1939 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
1947 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
1940 down.
1948 down.
1941
1949
1942 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
1950 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
1943 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
1951 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
1944
1952
1945 ``revlog.zlib.level``
1953 ``revlog.zlib.level``
1946 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1954 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1947 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
1955 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
1948 default value is 6.
1956 default value is 6.
1949
1957
1950
1958
1951 ``revlog.zstd.level``
1959 ``revlog.zstd.level``
1952 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1960 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1953 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
1961 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
1954 (default 3)
1962 (default 3)
1955
1963
1956 ``server``
1964 ``server``
1957 ----------
1965 ----------
1958
1966
1959 Controls generic server settings.
1967 Controls generic server settings.
1960
1968
1961 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1969 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1962 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1970 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1963 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1971 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1964
1972
1965 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1973 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1966 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1974 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1967 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1975 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1968
1976
1969 ``compressionengines``
1977 ``compressionengines``
1970 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1978 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1971 to clients.
1979 to clients.
1972
1980
1973 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1981 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1974 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1982 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1975 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1983 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1976
1984
1977 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1985 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1978 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1986 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1979 default wire protocol priority.
1987 default wire protocol priority.
1980
1988
1981 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1989 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1982 has no effect for legacy clients.
1990 has no effect for legacy clients.
1983
1991
1984 ``uncompressed``
1992 ``uncompressed``
1985 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1993 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1986 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1994 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1987 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1995 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1988 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1996 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1989 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1997 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1990 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1998 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1991 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1999 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1992 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2000 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1993 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2001 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1994 (default: True)
2002 (default: True)
1995
2003
1996 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2004 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
1997 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2005 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
1998 changesets. (default: False)
2006 changesets. (default: False)
1999
2007
2000 ``preferuncompressed``
2008 ``preferuncompressed``
2001 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2009 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2002 protocol. (default: False)
2010 protocol. (default: False)
2003
2011
2004 ``disablefullbundle``
2012 ``disablefullbundle``
2005 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2013 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2006 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2014 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2007 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2015 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2008 (default: False)
2016 (default: False)
2009
2017
2010 ``streamunbundle``
2018 ``streamunbundle``
2011 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2019 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2012 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2020 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2013 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2021 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2014
2022
2015 ``pullbundle``
2023 ``pullbundle``
2016 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2024 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2017 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2025 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2018 entry will be streamed to the client.
2026 entry will be streamed to the client.
2019
2027
2020 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2028 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2021 for older clients.
2029 for older clients.
2022
2030
2023 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2031 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2024 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2032 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2025
2033
2026 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2034 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2027 while the push was preparing.
2035 while the push was preparing.
2028 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2036 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2029 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2037 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2030
2038
2031 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2039 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2032 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2040 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2033
2041
2034 ``validate``
2042 ``validate``
2035 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2043 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2036 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2044 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2037 present. (default: False)
2045 present. (default: False)
2038
2046
2039 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2047 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2040 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2048 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2041 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2049 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2042
2050
2043 ``bundle1``
2051 ``bundle1``
2044 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2052 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2045 exchange format. (default: True)
2053 exchange format. (default: True)
2046
2054
2047 ``bundle1gd``
2055 ``bundle1gd``
2048 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2056 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2049 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2057 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2050
2058
2051 ``bundle1.push``
2059 ``bundle1.push``
2052 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2060 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2053 format. (default: True)
2061 format. (default: True)
2054
2062
2055 ``bundle1gd.push``
2063 ``bundle1gd.push``
2056 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2064 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2057 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2065 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2058
2066
2059 ``bundle1.pull``
2067 ``bundle1.pull``
2060 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2068 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2061 format. (default: True)
2069 format. (default: True)
2062
2070
2063 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2071 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2064 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2072 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2065 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2073 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2066
2074
2067 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2075 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2068 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2076 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2069 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2077 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2070 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2078 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2071
2079
2072 ``bundle2.stream``
2080 ``bundle2.stream``
2073 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2081 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2074 (default: True)
2082 (default: True)
2075
2083
2076 ``zliblevel``
2084 ``zliblevel``
2077 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2085 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2078 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2086 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2079 commands that send repository history data).
2087 commands that send repository history data).
2080
2088
2081 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2089 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2082 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2090 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2083 maximum compression.
2091 maximum compression.
2084
2092
2085 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2093 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2086 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2094 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2087 but sends more bytes to clients.
2095 but sends more bytes to clients.
2088
2096
2089 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2097 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2090
2098
2091 ``zstdlevel``
2099 ``zstdlevel``
2092 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2100 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2093 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2101 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2094 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2102 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2095
2103
2096 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2104 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2097 delivering better compression ratios.
2105 delivering better compression ratios.
2098
2106
2099 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2107 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2100
2108
2101 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2109 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2102
2110
2103 ``view``
2111 ``view``
2104 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2112 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2105
2113
2106 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2114 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2107 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2115 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2108 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2116 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2109
2117
2110 ``smtp``
2118 ``smtp``
2111 --------
2119 --------
2112
2120
2113 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2121 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2114
2122
2115 ``host``
2123 ``host``
2116 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2124 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2117
2125
2118 ``port``
2126 ``port``
2119 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2127 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2120 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2128 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2121
2129
2122 ``tls``
2130 ``tls``
2123 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2131 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2124 smtps or none. (default: none)
2132 smtps or none. (default: none)
2125
2133
2126 ``username``
2134 ``username``
2127 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2135 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2128 (default: None)
2136 (default: None)
2129
2137
2130 ``password``
2138 ``password``
2131 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2139 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2132 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2140 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2133 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2141 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2134
2142
2135 ``local_hostname``
2143 ``local_hostname``
2136 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2144 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2137 itself to the MTA.
2145 itself to the MTA.
2138
2146
2139
2147
2140 ``subpaths``
2148 ``subpaths``
2141 ------------
2149 ------------
2142
2150
2143 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2151 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2144 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2152 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2145 rewrite rules of the form::
2153 rewrite rules of the form::
2146
2154
2147 <pattern> = <replacement>
2155 <pattern> = <replacement>
2148
2156
2149 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2157 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2150 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2158 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2151 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2159 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2152 ``replacements``. For instance::
2160 ``replacements``. For instance::
2153
2161
2154 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2162 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2155
2163
2156 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2164 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2157
2165
2158 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2166 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2159 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2167 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2160 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2168 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2161 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2169 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2162
2170
2163 ``subrepos``
2171 ``subrepos``
2164 ------------
2172 ------------
2165
2173
2166 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2174 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2167 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2175 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2168
2176
2169 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2177 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2170 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2178 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2171 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2179 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2172 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2180 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2173 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2181 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2174 the respective options below.
2182 the respective options below.
2175
2183
2176 ``allowed``
2184 ``allowed``
2177 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2185 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2178
2186
2179 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2187 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2180 will fail for all subrepository types.
2188 will fail for all subrepository types.
2181 (default: true)
2189 (default: true)
2182
2190
2183 ``hg:allowed``
2191 ``hg:allowed``
2184 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2192 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2185 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2193 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2186 is true.
2194 is true.
2187 (default: true)
2195 (default: true)
2188
2196
2189 ``git:allowed``
2197 ``git:allowed``
2190 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2198 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2191 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2199 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2192
2200
2193 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2201 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2194 (default: false)
2202 (default: false)
2195
2203
2196 ``svn:allowed``
2204 ``svn:allowed``
2197 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2205 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2198 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2206 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2199 is true.
2207 is true.
2200
2208
2201 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2209 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2202 (default: false)
2210 (default: false)
2203
2211
2204 ``templatealias``
2212 ``templatealias``
2205 -----------------
2213 -----------------
2206
2214
2207 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2215 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2208
2216
2209 ``templates``
2217 ``templates``
2210 -------------
2218 -------------
2211
2219
2212 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2220 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2213 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2221 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2214
2222
2215 ``trusted``
2223 ``trusted``
2216 -----------
2224 -----------
2217
2225
2218 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2226 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2219 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2227 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2220 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2228 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2221 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2229 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2222 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2230 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2223 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2231 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2224 section.
2232 section.
2225
2233
2226 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2234 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2227 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2235 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2228 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2236 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2229 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2237 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2230 user or service running Mercurial.
2238 user or service running Mercurial.
2231
2239
2232 ``users``
2240 ``users``
2233 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2241 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2234
2242
2235 ``groups``
2243 ``groups``
2236 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2244 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2237
2245
2238
2246
2239 ``ui``
2247 ``ui``
2240 ------
2248 ------
2241
2249
2242 User interface controls.
2250 User interface controls.
2243
2251
2244 ``archivemeta``
2252 ``archivemeta``
2245 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2253 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2246 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2254 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2247 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2255 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2248 (default: True)
2256 (default: True)
2249
2257
2250 ``askusername``
2258 ``askusername``
2251 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2259 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2252 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2260 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2253 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2261 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2254 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2262 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2255 (default: False)
2263 (default: False)
2256
2264
2257 ``clonebundles``
2265 ``clonebundles``
2258 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2266 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2259
2267
2260 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2268 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2261 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2269 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2262
2270
2263 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2271 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2264
2272
2265 (default: True)
2273 (default: True)
2266
2274
2267 ``clonebundlefallback``
2275 ``clonebundlefallback``
2268 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2276 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2269 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2277 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2270
2278
2271 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2279 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2272 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2280 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2273 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2281 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2274 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2282 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2275 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2283 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2276 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2284 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2277 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2285 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2278 fails.
2286 fails.
2279
2287
2280 (default: False)
2288 (default: False)
2281
2289
2282 ``clonebundleprefers``
2290 ``clonebundleprefers``
2283 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2291 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2284
2292
2285 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2293 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2286 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2294 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2287 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2295 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2288 bundle over another.
2296 bundle over another.
2289
2297
2290 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2298 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2291
2299
2292 BUNDLESPEC
2300 BUNDLESPEC
2293 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2301 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2294 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2302 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2295
2303
2296 COMPRESSION
2304 COMPRESSION
2297 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2305 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2298
2306
2299 Server operators may define custom keys.
2307 Server operators may define custom keys.
2300
2308
2301 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2309 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2302 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2310 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2303
2311
2304 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2312 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2305
2313
2306 ``color``
2314 ``color``
2307 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2315 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2308 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2316 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2309 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2317 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2310
2318
2311 ``commitsubrepos``
2319 ``commitsubrepos``
2312 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2320 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2313 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2321 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2314 changes, abort the commit.
2322 changes, abort the commit.
2315 (default: False)
2323 (default: False)
2316
2324
2317 ``debug``
2325 ``debug``
2318 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2326 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2319
2327
2320 ``editor``
2328 ``editor``
2321 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2329 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2322
2330
2323 ``fallbackencoding``
2331 ``fallbackencoding``
2324 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2332 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2325 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2333 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2326
2334
2327 ``graphnodetemplate``
2335 ``graphnodetemplate``
2328 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2336 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2329 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2337 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2330
2338
2331 ``ignore``
2339 ``ignore``
2332 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2340 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2333 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2341 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2334 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2342 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2335 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2343 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2336 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2344 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2337 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2345 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2338
2346
2339 ``interactive``
2347 ``interactive``
2340 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2348 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2341
2349
2342 ``interface``
2350 ``interface``
2343 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2351 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2344 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2352 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2345
2353
2346 ``interface.chunkselector``
2354 ``interface.chunkselector``
2347 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2355 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2348 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2356 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2349 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2357 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2350
2358
2351 ``large-file-limit``
2359 ``large-file-limit``
2352 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2360 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2353 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2361 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2354 (default: 10000000)
2362 (default: 10000000)
2355
2363
2356 ``logtemplate``
2364 ``logtemplate``
2357 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2365 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2358
2366
2359 ``merge``
2367 ``merge``
2360 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2368 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2361 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2369 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2362 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2370 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2363
2371
2364 ``mergemarkers``
2372 ``mergemarkers``
2365 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
2373 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
2366 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
2374 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
2367 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2375 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2368 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2376 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2369 (default: ``basic``)
2377 (default: ``basic``)
2370
2378
2371 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2379 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2372 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2380 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2373 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2381 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2374 format.
2382 format.
2375
2383
2376 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2384 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2377 the first line of the commit description.
2385 the first line of the commit description.
2378
2386
2379 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2387 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2380 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2388 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2381 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2389 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2382 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2390 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2383 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2391 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2384 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2392 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2385 serious problems may occur.
2393 serious problems may occur.
2386
2394
2387 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2395 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2388
2396
2389 ``message-output``
2397 ``message-output``
2390 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2398 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2391
2399
2392 ``channel``
2400 ``channel``
2393 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2401 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2394 ``stderr``
2402 ``stderr``
2395 Everything to stderr.
2403 Everything to stderr.
2396 ``stdio``
2404 ``stdio``
2397 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2405 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2398
2406
2399 ``origbackuppath``
2407 ``origbackuppath``
2400 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2408 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2401 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2409 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2402 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2410 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2403 suffix.
2411 suffix.
2404
2412
2405 ``paginate``
2413 ``paginate``
2406 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2414 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2407 for details.
2415 for details.
2408
2416
2409 ``patch``
2417 ``patch``
2410 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2418 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2411 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2419 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2412 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2420 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2413 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2421 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2414 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2422 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2415 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2423 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2416 from stdin.
2424 from stdin.
2417
2425
2418 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2426 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2419 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2427 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2420 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2428 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2421
2429
2422 ``portablefilenames``
2430 ``portablefilenames``
2423 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2431 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2424 (default: ``warn``)
2432 (default: ``warn``)
2425
2433
2426 ``warn``
2434 ``warn``
2427 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2435 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2428 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2436 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2429 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2437 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2430 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2438 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2431 file).
2439 file).
2432
2440
2433 ``ignore``
2441 ``ignore``
2434 Don't print a warning.
2442 Don't print a warning.
2435
2443
2436 ``abort``
2444 ``abort``
2437 The command is aborted.
2445 The command is aborted.
2438
2446
2439 ``true``
2447 ``true``
2440 Alias for ``warn``.
2448 Alias for ``warn``.
2441
2449
2442 ``false``
2450 ``false``
2443 Alias for ``ignore``.
2451 Alias for ``ignore``.
2444
2452
2445 .. container:: windows
2453 .. container:: windows
2446
2454
2447 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2455 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2448
2456
2449 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2457 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2450 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2458 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2451 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2459 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2452 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2460 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2453 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2461 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2454
2462
2455 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2463 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2456 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2464 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2457 ``{other.islink}``.
2465 ``{other.islink}``.
2458
2466
2459 ``quiet``
2467 ``quiet``
2460 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2468 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2461 (default: False)
2469 (default: False)
2462
2470
2463 ``relative-paths``
2471 ``relative-paths``
2464 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2472 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2465
2473
2466 ``remotecmd``
2474 ``remotecmd``
2467 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2475 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2468 (default: ``hg``)
2476 (default: ``hg``)
2469
2477
2470 ``report_untrusted``
2478 ``report_untrusted``
2471 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2479 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2472 trusted user or group.
2480 trusted user or group.
2473 (default: True)
2481 (default: True)
2474
2482
2475 ``slash``
2483 ``slash``
2476 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2484 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2477
2485
2478 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2486 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2479 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2487 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2480 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2488 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2481 backslash character (``\``)).
2489 backslash character (``\``)).
2482 (default: False)
2490 (default: False)
2483
2491
2484 ``statuscopies``
2492 ``statuscopies``
2485 Display copies in the status command.
2493 Display copies in the status command.
2486
2494
2487 ``ssh``
2495 ``ssh``
2488 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2496 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2489
2497
2490 ``ssherrorhint``
2498 ``ssherrorhint``
2491 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2499 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2492 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2500 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2493
2501
2494 ``strict``
2502 ``strict``
2495 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2503 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2496 abbreviations. (default: False)
2504 abbreviations. (default: False)
2497
2505
2498 ``style``
2506 ``style``
2499 Name of style to use for command output.
2507 Name of style to use for command output.
2500
2508
2501 ``supportcontact``
2509 ``supportcontact``
2502 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2510 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2503 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2511 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2504 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2512 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2505
2513
2506 ``textwidth``
2514 ``textwidth``
2507 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2515 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2508 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2516 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2509 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2517 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2510 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2518 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2511 used. (default: 78)
2519 used. (default: 78)
2512
2520
2513 ``timeout``
2521 ``timeout``
2514 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2522 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2515 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2523 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2516
2524
2517 ``timeout.warn``
2525 ``timeout.warn``
2518 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2526 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2519 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2527 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2520
2528
2521 ``traceback``
2529 ``traceback``
2522 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2530 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2523 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2531 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2524 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2532 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2525 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2533 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2526
2534
2527 ``tweakdefaults``
2535 ``tweakdefaults``
2528
2536
2529 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2537 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2530 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2538 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2531 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2539 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2532 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2540 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2533 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2541 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2534 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2542 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2535
2543
2536 It currently means::
2544 It currently means::
2537
2545
2538 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2546 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2539
2547
2540 ``username``
2548 ``username``
2541 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2549 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2542 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2550 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2543 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2551 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2544 username are expanded.
2552 username are expanded.
2545
2553
2546 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2554 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2547 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2555 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2548 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2556 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2549 hgrc file)
2557 hgrc file)
2550
2558
2551 ``verbose``
2559 ``verbose``
2552 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2560 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2553
2561
2554
2562
2555 ``web``
2563 ``web``
2556 -------
2564 -------
2557
2565
2558 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2566 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2559 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2567 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2560 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2568 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2561 and WSGI).
2569 and WSGI).
2562
2570
2563 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2571 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2564 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2572 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2565 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2573 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2566 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2574 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2567 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2575 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2568 checks.
2576 checks.
2569
2577
2570 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2578 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2571 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2579 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2572 command line::
2580 command line::
2573
2581
2574 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2582 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2575
2583
2576 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2584 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2577 that this should not be used for public servers.
2585 that this should not be used for public servers.
2578
2586
2579 The full set of options is:
2587 The full set of options is:
2580
2588
2581 ``accesslog``
2589 ``accesslog``
2582 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2590 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2583
2591
2584 ``address``
2592 ``address``
2585 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2593 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2586
2594
2587 ``allow-archive``
2595 ``allow-archive``
2588 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2596 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2589 (default: empty)
2597 (default: empty)
2590
2598
2591 ``allowbz2``
2599 ``allowbz2``
2592 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2600 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2593 revisions.
2601 revisions.
2594 (default: False)
2602 (default: False)
2595
2603
2596 ``allowgz``
2604 ``allowgz``
2597 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2605 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2598 revisions.
2606 revisions.
2599 (default: False)
2607 (default: False)
2600
2608
2601 ``allow-pull``
2609 ``allow-pull``
2602 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2610 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2603
2611
2604 ``allow-push``
2612 ``allow-push``
2605 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2613 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2606 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2614 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2607 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2615 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2608 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2616 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2609 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2617 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2610 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2618 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2611
2619
2612 ``allow_read``
2620 ``allow_read``
2613 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2621 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2614 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2622 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2615 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2623 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2616 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2624 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2617 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2625 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2618 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2626 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2619 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2627 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2620 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2628 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2621 examined after the deny_read list.
2629 examined after the deny_read list.
2622
2630
2623 ``allowzip``
2631 ``allowzip``
2624 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2632 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2625 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2633 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2626 (default: False)
2634 (default: False)
2627
2635
2628 ``archivesubrepos``
2636 ``archivesubrepos``
2629 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2637 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2630 (default: False)
2638 (default: False)
2631
2639
2632 ``baseurl``
2640 ``baseurl``
2633 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2641 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2634 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2642 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2635 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2643 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2636
2644
2637 ``cacerts``
2645 ``cacerts``
2638 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2646 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2639 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2647 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2640 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2648 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2641 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2649 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2642 with these certificates.
2650 with these certificates.
2643
2651
2644 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2652 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2645 command line.
2653 command line.
2646
2654
2647 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2655 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2648 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2656 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2649 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2657 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2650 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2658 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2651
2659
2652 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2660 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2653 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2661 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2654 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2662 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2655 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2663 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2656 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2664 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2657 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2665 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2658
2666
2659 ``cache``
2667 ``cache``
2660 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2668 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2661
2669
2662 ``certificate``
2670 ``certificate``
2663 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2671 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2664
2672
2665 ``collapse``
2673 ``collapse``
2666 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2674 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2667 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2675 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2668 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2676 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2669 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2677 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2670 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2678 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2671 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2679 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2672 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2680 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2673
2681
2674 ``comparisoncontext``
2682 ``comparisoncontext``
2675 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2683 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2676 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2684 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2677
2685
2678 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2686 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2679 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2687 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2680
2688
2681 ``contact``
2689 ``contact``
2682 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2690 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2683 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2691 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2684
2692
2685 ``csp``
2693 ``csp``
2686 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2694 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2687
2695
2688 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2696 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2689 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2697 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2690 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2698 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2691 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2699 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2692 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2700 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2693
2701
2694 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2702 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2695 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2703 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2696 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2704 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2697 threat model.
2705 threat model.
2698
2706
2699 ``deny_push``
2707 ``deny_push``
2700 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2708 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2701 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2709 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2702 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2710 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2703 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2711 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2704 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2712 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2705
2713
2706 ``deny_read``
2714 ``deny_read``
2707 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2715 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2708 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2716 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2709 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2717 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2710 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2718 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2711 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2719 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2712 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2720 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2713 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2721 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2714 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2722 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2715 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2723 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2716 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2724 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2717 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2725 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2718 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2726 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2719 list.
2727 list.
2720
2728
2721 ``descend``
2729 ``descend``
2722 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2730 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2723 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2731 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2724 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2732 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2725
2733
2726 ``description``
2734 ``description``
2727 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2735 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2728 (default: "unknown")
2736 (default: "unknown")
2729
2737
2730 ``encoding``
2738 ``encoding``
2731 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2739 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2732 Example: "UTF-8".
2740 Example: "UTF-8".
2733
2741
2734 ``errorlog``
2742 ``errorlog``
2735 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2743 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2736
2744
2737 ``guessmime``
2745 ``guessmime``
2738 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2746 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2739 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2747 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2740 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2748 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2741 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2749 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2742 repositories. (default: False)
2750 repositories. (default: False)
2743
2751
2744 ``hidden``
2752 ``hidden``
2745 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2753 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2746 (default: False)
2754 (default: False)
2747
2755
2748 ``ipv6``
2756 ``ipv6``
2749 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2757 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2750
2758
2751 ``labels``
2759 ``labels``
2752 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2760 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2753
2761
2754 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2762 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2755 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2763 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2756 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2764 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2757 if a specific label is present.
2765 if a specific label is present.
2758
2766
2759 ``logoimg``
2767 ``logoimg``
2760 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2768 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2761 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2769 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2762 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2770 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2763 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2771 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2764
2772
2765 ``logourl``
2773 ``logourl``
2766 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2774 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2767 will be used.
2775 will be used.
2768
2776
2769 ``maxchanges``
2777 ``maxchanges``
2770 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2778 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2771
2779
2772 ``maxfiles``
2780 ``maxfiles``
2773 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2781 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2774
2782
2775 ``maxshortchanges``
2783 ``maxshortchanges``
2776 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2784 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2777 pages. (default: 60)
2785 pages. (default: 60)
2778
2786
2779 ``name``
2787 ``name``
2780 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2788 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2781 (default: current working directory)
2789 (default: current working directory)
2782
2790
2783 ``port``
2791 ``port``
2784 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2792 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2785
2793
2786 ``prefix``
2794 ``prefix``
2787 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2795 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2788
2796
2789 ``push_ssl``
2797 ``push_ssl``
2790 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2798 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2791 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2799 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2792
2800
2793 ``refreshinterval``
2801 ``refreshinterval``
2794 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2802 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2795 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2803 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2796 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2804 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2797 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2805 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2798
2806
2799 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2807 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2800 (default: 20)
2808 (default: 20)
2801
2809
2802 ``server-header``
2810 ``server-header``
2803 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2811 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2804
2812
2805 ``static``
2813 ``static``
2806 Directory where static files are served from.
2814 Directory where static files are served from.
2807
2815
2808 ``staticurl``
2816 ``staticurl``
2809 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2817 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2810 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2818 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2811 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2819 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2812 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2820 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2813
2821
2814 ``stripes``
2822 ``stripes``
2815 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2823 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2816 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2824 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2817
2825
2818 ``style``
2826 ``style``
2819 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2827 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2820 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2828 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2821 Example: ``monoblue``.
2829 Example: ``monoblue``.
2822
2830
2823 ``templates``
2831 ``templates``
2824 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2832 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2825 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2833 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2826
2834
2827 ``websub``
2835 ``websub``
2828 ----------
2836 ----------
2829
2837
2830 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2838 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2831 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2839 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2832 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2840 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2833
2841
2834 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2842 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2835 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2843 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2836 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2844 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2837 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2845 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2838
2846
2839 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2847 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2840 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2848 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2841 HTML (see the examples below).
2849 HTML (see the examples below).
2842
2850
2843 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2851 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2844 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2852 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2845 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2853 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2846 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2854 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2847
2855
2848 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2856 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2849
2857
2850 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2858 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2851 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2859 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2852
2860
2853 Examples::
2861 Examples::
2854
2862
2855 [websub]
2863 [websub]
2856 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2864 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2857 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2865 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2858 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2866 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2859
2867
2860 ``worker``
2868 ``worker``
2861 ----------
2869 ----------
2862
2870
2863 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2871 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2864 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2872 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2865 helps performance.
2873 helps performance.
2866
2874
2867 ``enabled``
2875 ``enabled``
2868 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2876 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2869 (default: true)
2877 (default: true)
2870
2878
2871 ``numcpus``
2879 ``numcpus``
2872 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2880 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2873 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2881 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2874 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2882 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2875
2883
2876 ``backgroundclose``
2884 ``backgroundclose``
2877 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2885 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2878 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2886 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2879 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2887 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2880 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2888 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2881 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2889 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2882
2890
2883 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2891 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2884 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2892 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2885 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2893 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2886 threads.
2894 threads.
2887 (default: 2048)
2895 (default: 2048)
2888
2896
2889 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2897 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2890 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2898 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2891 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2899 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2892 enabled.
2900 enabled.
2893 (default: 384)
2901 (default: 384)
2894
2902
2895 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2903 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2896 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2904 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2897 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2905 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2898 (default: 4)
2906 (default: 4)
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now